Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutRESPONSE - RFP - P788 ADVANCED TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SYSTEMPrepared By: ECONOUTE NOWNC O N T q.O L P-RO,O.UC TB. 1 N,C. City of Fort Collins Request For Proposal P-788 Advanced Traffic Management System ORIGINAL Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 N ECONOLITE INNEE C O N T R O L PRODUCTS, I N C. Section 2 - System Functional Description Overview The iconsTMlAdvanced Transportation Management System (AIMS) system has been developed by Siemens Gardner Transportation Systems (Siemens GTS), a business unit of Siemens Energy and Automation Inc., in partnership with Econolite Control Products, Inc. The icons system is extremely modular and scaleable at all levels because of its distributed processing architecture. Very high system performance can be maintained when the system is expanded, because system software processes are distributed across additional system processor components. The system software architecture does not require that a single central processor perform all real-time functions, as do many older mini -computer based systems. This protects the City's system hardware/software investment and allows the system to be readily and incrementally expanded to handle any functions and features that may not be anticipated at this time. As further described in the subsections that follow, graphical user interface (GUI) techniques and graphical information system components are an integral part of the proposed system design. These elements form the basis of all user interactions with the system and its components, and are integrated using standard software tools and protocols. The icons system is coded in the highly portable C++ programming language. C++ tools and multi -platform commercial graphics libraries are used to support system configurability and portability. A standard, ODBC-compliant SQL database system (Microsoft SQL Server) will be used to store, retrieve, and maintain all system data and parameter files. System report and display presentations will retrieve information from data stored in the database. Client operator workstations access network server computers that perform traffic management, database management, real-time traffic control and communications functions. A central communications server will support communications with local controllers. Full duplex communications media including twisted pair, leased line, wireless, and fiber optic communications can be supported. The icons system will support traffic signal controllers that comply with the NTCIP Class B, Conformance Level 1 (NTCIP) or AB3418E/+ (AB3418) protocol standards. The Econolite Project Team fully understands and supports the City's aim to achieve a system that allows for multiple vendor inter -operability for future procurements of traffic signal controllers. The Project Teams' total commitment to this new standard, and our continued intimate involvement with the standards development process, puts the Team in a unique position to deliver a fully functional end -to -end communication system that can be maintained to the most current version of the standard. 1 icons is a trademark of Econolite Control Products, Inc. Section 2 — System Functional Description Page 2-1 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 1987 - Econolite introduces Zone Monitor III. Single largest advancement in 'closed -loop" systems operation since introduction. 1989 - Econolite develops and markets LED signs and signals. Econolite purchases Trafcon of Jacksonville, Florida, and forms Econolite Florida as a manufacturing, sales, and service center. 1990 - Econolite introduces Zone Monitor IV. The next step in the continuing enhancements to distributive control systems. 1991 - Econolite introduces Machine Vision Vehicle Detection - Autoscope 2002/2003. 1992 - Econolite introduces ASC/2 Controller, ASC/2M System Master and Emtrac Spread Spectrum Emergency Vehicle Preemption. 1993 - Econolite is first to install cabinet and controller systems conforming to requirements of NEMA TS2 - Type 1 standard. 1994 - Econolite introduces fourth generation Wide Area Video Vehicle Detection System - Autoscope 2004. 1996 - Econolite introduces AriesTM, a fully Windows compatible distributed traffic management system. 1997 - Econolite installs first site for its next generation advanced traffic management system - iconsTM - a hybrid central system using a map -based user interface. 1997 - Econolite introduces the CBD-6000 controller assembly, its first advanced controller designed specifically for central business district applications. 1998- Econolite introduces the next generation in video detection--Autoscope Solo —an integrated machine vision processor and camera. 1998 — Econolite receives ISO-9002 accreditation for its Autoscope manufacturing operations. 1998 — Econolite introduces the first traffic controller designed primarily with surface mount electronics — ASC/2S Series 1999 — Econolite receives ISO-9002 accreditation for the Anaheim, CA headquarters facility — a first within the traffic control industry in North America. Section 5 — Experience & Qualifications Page 5-7 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 2000 — Econolite receives ISO-9001 accreditation for the Anaheim, CA headquarters facility. 2000 — The industry's first field deployment of NTCIP with traffic controllers occurs in Mesa, AZ icons and ASC/2 controllers. Section 5 — Experience & Qualifications Page 5-8 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 W ECONOLITE IIIIIIIIIIIIECONTROL PRODUCTS, I N C. References The icons Advanced Traffic Management System is currently installed and operational in a number of cities across the United States. This includes systems with fewer than 20 intersections to systems with over two hundred intersections with expansion planned to in excess of 1000. The following is a summary of representative icons systems: City of Englewood, CO Econolite received a contract in September of 1999 to replace the City of Englewood's current traffic control system. The City's existing Multisonics VMS system was not Y2K compatible so the City approached Econolite for a proposal to replace the City's entire system including local controllers. This project included installation of icons software with initial capability of controlling 250 intersections. The initial system consists of replacing existing Multisonics controllers with Econolite ASC/2S controllers at 57 intersections (48 online before system computer relocation). The initial protocol used with this system is AB3418+ over a combination of City owned twisted pair and leased lines. The system will be upgraded to support NTCIP. Contact: Mr. Ladislav Vostry, , City of Englewood, (303)762-2511 City of Denver, CO Econolite has supplied an icons system to the City of Denver as part of a Light Rail Transit project. The system initially consists of 30 ASC/2 Series local controller connected to the system via a fiber optic network. The City will be adding an additional 40 to 60 controllers in 2001. The system will also be expanded at some point to add an LRT Transit Signal Priority module to provide priority to LRTs traveling through the system. The initial icons system hardware and software was sized to support up to 250 intersections. Communications for this system uses the AB3418+ protocol. Contact: Mr. Matthew Wager, City and County of Denver, (720)865-4000 City of Littleton, CO — Computerized Traffic Signal System Econolite received a contract in August 2000 to replace the City of Littleton's VMS 330 traffic control system. This project included installation of icons software with initial capability of controlling 250 intersections. The initial system was installed in early 2001 and consists of replacing existing Multisonics controllers with Econolite ASC/2S controllers at 52 intersections. The initial protocol used with this system is AB3418+ over full duplex/4-wire leased lines. Contact: Mr. Craig Faessler, City of Littleton, (303)795-3863 Section 5 — Experience & Qualifications Page 5-9 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 City of Charlotte, NC — Traffic Management System Econolite completed the replacement of the City of Charlotte's UTCS Traffic Management System in 1999. This project included installation of icons software with initial capability of controlling 250 intersections. The initial system consists of 137 existing Econolite ASC/2 controllers. The initial protocol used with this system is AB3418+ over City owned twisted pair. This system replaced the City's aging mini computer based UTCS system that can no longer be maintained. Contact: Mr. Art Stegall, City of Charlotte, (704) 336 3914 City of Indianapolis Traffic Control System In 1998 Econolite completed a project for the City of Indianapolis, Indiana to implement a centralized traffic control system in support of the DCAM Regional Center Traffic Signal Modernization Project. This project included installation of iconsn"t software with initial capability of controlling 200 intersections. As part of this project Econolite also supplied the TS2 Type 1 controllers and cabinets together with fiber optic communications equipment. The system initially consisted of 97 intersections plus three arterials under the control of ASC/2M Zone Masters. The system was expanded to over 220 intersections in 1999 and central hardware and software updated in 2000. The protocol currently used on this system is AB3418+. Contact: Mr. Lenny Adair, City of Indianapolis, (317)-327-2935 Salt Lake City Advanced Traffic Management System Gardner Systems, Inc received a contract to implement the traffic signal system portion of the Salt Lake City/UDOT Advanced Traffic Management System being implemented to support the 2002 Winter Olympics. The initial system provides central traffic signal control of over 550 Econolite TS2 Type 1 controllers (over 100 online). The system architecture includes two Traffic Operation Centers (TOC) and five Traffic Control Centers (TCC) with approximately 30 client workstations connected to icons over local and wide area networks. The protocol currently being used in this system is AB3418+. Contact: Mr. Martin Knopp, Utah DOT, (801) 965-4894 Tucson Advanced Traffic Management System Econolite and Gardner Systems, Inc. have received a contract to implement the traffic signal system portion of the Tucson Advanced Traffic Management System being implemented to replace an older system and implement a traffic adaptive system operation. This system also includes participation from the City of South Tucson, Town of Morano, Arizona DOT, and Perna County. The initial system will provide central traffic signal control of over 500 controllers (over 100 currently online) using customer owned twisted pair and leased line interconnect. The icons is a trademark of Econolite Control Products, Inc. Section 5 — Experience & Qualifications Page 5-10 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 AB3418+ protocol is being used for system communication. The system architecture includes one Traffic Operation Center (TOC) and multiple client workstations connected to icons over local and wide area networks. Contact: Mr. Bob Hunt, City of Tucson (520)-791-4259 Section 5 — Experience & Qualifications Page 5-11 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 ECONOLITE BIIIIIIII11 C O N T R O L P R O O U C T B, I N C. Staff Resumes for the Project Econolite's experience in the design, manufacture and installation of traffic control equipment, systems, and training is considered to be the best in the traffic control industry. A major reason for our success is our highly qualified and customer service -oriented staff. Our commitment to our customers is exemplified by our customer service engineer who is available every working day to provided telephone assistance to any equipment user. Direct access to the R&D engineers is also available if normal telephone support is insufficient. The following is a compilation of resumes of the personnel who will be involved in the City of Fort Collins ATMS project. Section 5 — Experience & Qualifications Page 5-12 rIECONOLITE C O N T R O L P R O O U C T S, I N C. 19 af11V01 sl Jeff P. Spinazze Vice President - Sales Econolite Control Products, Inc. 3360 East La Palma Ave. Anaheim, CA 92806 Education 1980 University of Toronto - Bachelor of Science in Engineering 1998 Stanford University - Managerial Excellence Program 1990-Present Econolite Control Products, Inc. Vice President - Sales Responsible for management of company's sales, support and service to public agencies through a network of directs sales professionals and service technicians. Oversees and approves sales contracts for the various product lines and services supplied to private and public agencies. Member of Product Definition and Development team that decides on new product development or existing product enhancements. 1987-1990 Econolite Canada Inc. General Manager Responsible for P & L of the Canadian Division of Econolite Control Products, hic. Developed system specifications, proposals, contract administration for 18 systems implemented in various Canadian agencies. Managed 25 employees in manufacturing, sales and service. 1985-1987 Econolite Canada hic. Sales Manager Responsible for sales to various public agencies throughout Canada. Provided technical support at both the intersection level and for all Econolite systems installed in Canada. 1980-1985 General Electric Company - Industrial & Traffic Control Division Design Engineer/Sales Engineer/Sales Manager Responsibilities included design engineering of wired cabinet assemblies, technical support on installation of UTS traffic signal systems, sales and service. Assisted in the installation and commissioning of 4 UTS systems. Professional Organizations Member of Institute of Transportation Engineers Member of ITE committee for LED signal specification development Member of International Municipal Signal Association Member of Advisory Board - Cal State, Fullerton - International Business Program ECONOLITE IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIICONTROL PRODUCTS, I N C. RESUME Dan Schoenecke - Sales Representative s Econolite Control Products, Inc. P. O. Box 2110 Arvada, CO 80001 343 Paradise Road Golden, CO 80401 Education Front Range Community College Business Management Dale Carnegie Public Speaking and Human Relations IMSA Certified Level I and H 3M Traffic Control Certified Traffic Systems SHARP Award Recipient Experience 1995 - Present Econolite Control Products, Inc. Sales Representative Responsible for all sales and managing technical support for Colorado regional sales office. This includes icons, Aries closed loop systems and all Autoscope products. 1992 - 1995 Rocky Mountain Signal Owner/Operator Responsible for all day to day activities for a construction and maintenance firm with service contracts to repair and build traffic signals. 1990 - 1991 Western Signal Production, Sales, Service Responsible for all sales and service of Econolite traffic signal systems and hardware including cabinet manufacturing and testing. 1985 —1990 Traffic Systems Traffic Control Systems Maintenance Supervisor Responsible for maintenance and emergency response of over 1000 traffic signals in multiple jurisdictions. Duties included supervision of maintenance and construction crews through out the metro area. 1980-1985 Dial Electric Inc. Construction Maintenance Duties included construction and maintenance of traffic signals. Professional Organizations Member of IMSA Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 Traffic signal controllers will be polled by communications servers connected to the icons traffic management system (TMS) local area network. The servers support once - per -second polling (depending on communication media utilized) of individual local intersection controllers multi -dropped on leased, city owned twisted -pair wire, wireless, or fiber optic cable circuits. The system will support NEMA TS-1, NEMA TS-2, or 2070 controllers meeting the City's system controller specifications operating the latest NTCIP or AB3418 protocol specifications. The system architecture proposed provides for modular cost effective expansion. The communications hardware system will initially be fully configured for at least 32 communication ports per server, and will be expandable beyond this number through the connection of additional communication servers. Basic system software and hardware will be sized and tested (up to the proposed system and Econolite supplied communication channels) upon installation for handing a minimum of 250 field devices. Graphical User Interface The icons GUI will utilize the Window NT style guidelines, providing standard GUI window and control mechanisms. Traffic system graphics display and control features are integrated into a single user workstation interface. Graphical symbols will be employed to activate common system functions, such as traffic signal control mode changes, status reports and data entry dialogs, from simple pointer device clicking operations on a map -based graphics display. Unlike the GUI's of many traditional traffic management systems that separate operator control and text reporting functions from graphics display functions, the proposed GUI will integrate these operations allowing operators to freely move between contexts in an intuitive point and click manner. All system actions will be immediately visible in real-time on graphical and/or text based status displays. Most GUI displays will serve multiple purposes. For example, a map window may be displayed showing current system status plus traffic signal phase green status. The same graphics map would also play a role as a system device selection palate enabling the operator to make a selection by pointing to a particular object (i.e. controller, detector, or optional CCTV camera, or other optional Intelligent Transportation System components (ITS), etc...). When such a system object is selected, a control panel and/or status window can be popped up for display as a separate window. If the proper access control privileges are granted, the operator may also exercise control of the device through graphical control panels. The icons system workstations use an advanced map based object oriented graphical user interface. Each workstation user will be presented with an on -screen map of the City area as the main user interface with the system. icons can import a converted file from most standard GIS programs (ArcView, and Arclnfo for example). GIS based maps do not provide the performance required for real-time display of data. icons supports most file formats that can be converted to .wmf, .dwg, or .dxf format. Dynamic icons on the map indicate the type, status, and location of each active field device. The user can specify how icons are to appear and change based on status information. The map zooms and scrolls to show more or less detail for specific areas. The user can also click on any Section 2 — System Functional Description Page 2-2 ECONOLITE C O N T R O L PRODUCTS, I N C. RESUME Gary Duncan Vice President of Product Development Econolite Control Products, Inc. 3360 East La Palma Ave. Anaheim, CA 92806 Education University of California Los Angeles 1970 Bachelor of Science in Engineering 1984 Graduate School of Management Executive Program in Management Experience 1979 - Present Econolite Control Products, hic. Vice President of Product Development Responsible for the technical management of transportation management/control product research, development, and marketing. This includes providing engineering/marketing project management and hardware and software design guidance on projects involving NEMA and 170 traffic controllers, hybrid central and arterial (Closed Loop) control systems, zone masters, communications systems, preempt systems, cabinet systems, image processing based vehicle detection systems and display products including Light Emitting Diode (LED) technology displays. Previous responsibilities have included both hardware and software design of NEMA and 170 traffic controllers and coordination equipment. 1978 - 1979 TRW Defense Space Systems Group Member of Technical Staff Responsible for the hardware and software design of a microprocessor based security system used to control access to high security areas within the company. 1973 - 1978 Econolite Control Products, hic Senior Engineer Responsibilities included both hardware and software design of various traffic control and coordination product lines including the industries first microprocessor based controller. Additional responsibilities included the design of traffic control cabinet systems to meet customer requirements. 1970 - 1973 Rockwell International B-1 Division Member of Technical Staff Responsibilities included design specifications, test equipment design, and subcontract management of the digital control system portion of the B-I Electrical Multiplex System used to control all electrical loads on the aircraft. Professional Organizations Chairman of the Technical Oversight Committee of the National Electrical Manufactures Association (NEMA) - Transportation Management Systems and Control Devices Section Member of the Transportation Research Board Traffic Signal Systems Committee and Advanced Traffic Controller Task Force Member of the AASHTO/ITE/NEMA Joint Committee on the National Transportation Communications for ITS Protocol (NTCIP) Member of the AASHTO/ITE/NEMA Advanced Traffic Controller Joint Committee 7SECONOLITE O O N T R O L P R O O U O T 0, I N O. RESUME Michael E. Shea Systems Product Manager Econolite Control Products, Inc. 729 Tim Tam Avenue Gahanna, OH 43230 Education 1974 U.S. Navy Nuclear Power Program (graduated in top 10% of class) 1978 Columbus Technical Institute Real Estate Course (received Real Estate License, 1978) 1989 IMSA Certified Level I and Level 11 electrical and technical Experience 1986 - Present Econolite Control Products, Inc. Systems Product Manager Originally hired as Sales Engineer. Exceeded quota all four years, tripling annual sales to $1.5 million. Promoted to Systems Specialist - Traffic Control System performing training seminars,. Sales presentations, and trade show responsibilities. After two years promoted to Emtrac Product Manager. Led a team of engineers, draftsmen and outside consultants in a complete re -design effort. Complied with all FCC regulations and created a marketable product line. Promoted into current position with responsibilities for all of the company's product lines including training presentations, trade shows, product development, specification formulation, technical manual preparation, customer service response and technical field support. 1985 - 1986 Jess Howard Electric, hic Electrician As part of a five man crew gained hands-on experience installing traffic control devices and associated equipment. Responsibilities included layout, installation, testing and checkout. 1979 - 1985 Traffic Control Division, Hartman & Associates Sales Manager Key man in mid -sized firm marketing electronic traffic control and security devices in a multi -state area. Responsibilities included full interaction with vendors/customers (e.g., procurement, scheduling, field work, installations, follow- up, traffic management, ascertainment of customer needs). Also responsible for development and execution of trade show participation, development of new markets, and full preparation/submission of bids. 1978- 1979 H.J. Nieman, hic. Production Manager Position responsibilities included procurement, production, shipping and personnel management. 1973-1977 Nuclear Propulsion Program Mechanical Operator Staff Instructor Responsibilities included instruction in nuclear propulsion operation, maintenance of nuclear propulsion plant, and hands-on qualification testing. Exhibited strong leadership qualities and was promoted to E-5 in 23 months. N ECONOLITE C O N T R O L P R O O U C T B. I N C. RESUME John D.Stephenson Systems Engineering Manager Econolite Control Products, Inc. 3360 East La Palma Avenue Anaheim, CA 92806 Education 1969-1976 United States Air Force 1997-1998 State of California Certificate in Management Skills. Certificate in Project Management. Certificate in Concurrent Engineering Fundamentals. Certificate in Continuous Improvement Through Quality Leadership Development. Certificate in Manufacturing Resource Planning II Systems. Certified ISO-9000 Internal Auditor Experience 1978 - Present Econolite Control Products, Inc. Project Management Engineer Responsible for the management of large system projects and state DOT contracts. Design engineer for system hardware on advanced traffic management systems. Provides design engineering management on wired cabinet assemblies and controllers intemally to Econolite and on a consultative basis to public agencies. Recent large projects requiring project management and technical support includes State of Utah DOT supply contract, State of North Carolina supply contract, City of Indianapolis and City of Phoenix. Past responsibilities have included supervision of industrial engineering department, manufacturing engineering and design engineering. 1969-1976 United States Air Force Communications Technician, Technical Sergeant Management of 15 technicians in the maintenance and repair of communications equipment. Installed, operated and maintained secure communication centers in strategic locations in south Pacific. Other job duties included installation as well as contractor and vender interaction. This position included extensive interaction with the Aries, and Zone Monitor software systems. The position required in-depth knowledge on the maintenance and trouble shooting of communication systems, including fiber optic and FSK communication system. Professional Organizations Member of International Municipal Signal Association N ECONOLITE N C O N T R O L PRODUCTS, I N C. PIMA Uri N Robert Rodriguez Systems Engineer Econolite Control Products, Inc. 3360 E. La Palma Ave. Anaheim, Ca. 92806 Education Tri-Community Education Center - Currently in pursuit of Microsoft Certified System Engine certification. Citrus Community College - Currently in pursuit of Bachelors degree in Information Technology Systems. US Navy Electronics Course Experience 11/97 - Present Econolite Control Products, Inc. Assumed Position as Field Operations Manager functioning as System Administrator, providing system level implementation and support for agency's traffic operation centers. Also responsible for coordinating Service Technicians in all product related functions. 11/96 - 11 /97 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Assumed position as Field Service Technician, responsibilities included installation and modification of traffic, video detection, and communication equipment. Assisting the Sales, Marketing, Design, and Manufacturing departments with key information related to product application. Other roles included customer service and telephone technical support. 3/94 - 11/96 Peek Traffic/Signal Maintenance hic. Assumed position as Field Service Technician responsible for complete operational maintenance of contracted traffic signal systems. Certified RASA traffic technician level 2, familiar with NEMA TS-1, TS-2, 170/179, and 2070 controllers and equipment. 2/90 - 2/94 United States Navy Performed duties as Interior Communications Electrician responsible for the complete operation and maintenance of alarm, video and audio broadcast, and communication equipment. Other duties included functioning in the quality assurance program, and as the test equipment calibration technician for the entire electrical division. Professional Organizations Member of International Municipal Signal Association Member of Southern California Traffic Signal Association ECONOLITE C O N T R O L PRODUCTS. I N C. RESUME Bill Lietzan System Technician Econolite Control Products, Inc. P.O. Box 2110 Arvada, CO 80001 Education 1990 IMSA Certifications (Level 1 and 2) 1991-1998 Various vendor product operation and maintenance seminars 1991 Siecor Fiberoptic Installation and Maintenance Course (s) 1998 Purdue North Central University Experience 2000-Present Econolite Control Products, Inc. System Technician This position includes all types of system installations, including icons, and Aries. Customer support is the number one requirement of this position. Responding to questions, troubleshooting, and intersection and system turn -on duties are just a few of the requirements. The position also includes customer training, including course material preparation, setup, and instruction for controllers, masters, cabinets, system and TS-2 technology. Interaction with customer, manufacturing, and sales to ensure complete product satisfaction is required. 1996-2000 Indiana Department of Transportation Signal Supervisor This position requires vast knowledge of the Signal Technician position. Supervision of a crew of six technicians to run and maintain over 700 signals. Responsibilities included interaction with all signal contractors, and responsible for all paper documents for signals. Testified for insurance cases involving signals. Responsible for all technician training. Attended all pre -construction meeting and input on signal and system design projects. 1989-1996 Indiana Department of Transportation Signal Technician This position included working with and maintaining all types of traffic controllers including Econolite, TCT, Peek, Multisonics, Eagle, and Crouse Hinds. This included knowledge of all programming procedures and maintenance requirements. Econolite equipment included Autoscope, ASC-8, ASC-2 series controllers. ASC/2M-1000 masters as well as the KMC series of controllers and masters. SIEMENS Work Team Qualifications Siemens Gardner Transportation Systems (GTS) brings to this systems proposal unparalleled skills and expertise in systems integration for advanced traffic management systems. We are proud to present within this section relevant background information on Siemens GTS, project organization. Siemens (GTS) is an internationally known and respected transportation systems engineering services firm focused on providing high quality advanced system analysis, design and integration services to the Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) community. Services and system integration capabilities offered by Siemens GTS include: Intelligent Transportation Systems Strategic Planning • System Architecture Analysis/Design • Communication Network Analysis/Design • Traffic and Transit Operations Analysis • Advanced Traffic Management Systems • Advanced Traveler Information Systems • Systems Administration And Operations • Advanced Transportation Controller (ATC) Applications • Technology Assessment Studies • Commercial Vehicle Operations Systems • Transit Management Systems • Parking Management Systems • In -vehicle Telematics • Design/Build and Turnkey Projects • Project Funding and Build/Operate/Transfer Siemens GTS is built around a closely -knit group of systems, communications, electrical and transportation engineering professionals with diverse experience and educational backgrounds. Together, these individuals offer the depth and breadth of expertise needed to meet the challenges of any ITS project. Siemens GTS uses state-of-the-art software and communications techniques in open systems, based on industry standards. The firm has played a lead role in the development of key ITS standards including the National Transportation Communications for ITS Protocol (NTCIP), the Advanced Transportation Controller (ATC — such as the Model 2070 controller) and the ITS Cabinet. Siemens GTS is a Business Unit of Siemens Energy & Automation. As part of the worldwide Siemens family, Siemens GTS has direct access to experts and state-of-the-art technologies in virtually every technical field. This major resource further enhances our capabilities, and reputation for innovative solutions, in intelligent transportation systems. Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 ECONOUTE C O N T R O L P R O D U C T B, I N C. Section 6 — Estimated Cost One of the major advantages of the icons system is the ability to tailor the technology needs of the city to budgetary constraints, yet maintain the option of expanding the capability of the system in the future. While we have provided pricing for the various system elements within the schedule developed by the City of Fort Collins, we would request the opportunity to discuss other options to minimize the total cost of procurement yet still provide a full featured system. We would like to emphasize that many of the costs provided in the estimate can be refined and potentially reduced once Econolite and the City of Fort Collins meet to fully define the operation, amount of integration and support required for the system. System Software Design of system configuration $ 57, 600.00 Licenses for system software and supporting software Packages including operating system & database engines $ 60,000.00 Configuration and testing $ 23,500.00 Software warranty/maintenance agreement (5 year min. $ 36,000.00 $9,000.00 per annum X 4 years) See attached standard warranty and maintenance agreement Other software costs Total Estimated System Software Cost System Hardware Design of computer and network configuration Computer and network hardware as described within this proposal. Configuration and testing Delivery and Installation Section 6 — Estimated Cost IMM $ 177,100.00 5,000.00 53,300.00 10,000.00 $ 8,000.00 Page 6 - 1 Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 device icon(s) to bring up separate, more detailed displays or reports associated with that field device. Examples of detailed on -screen displays for one or more devices include: area, regional or section maps (area, regional or section maps require additional integration); dynamic site maps (e.g., intersection displays); live video feed (with optional CCTV module); event logs; historical status data; user -set parameters; etc. Extensive use is made of graphics and color to assist in interpretation of information presented to the user. Our basic system will include one (1) fully integrated base map (map/photo, in a compatible electronic format, provided by the City of Fort Collins), and up to six (6) custom intersection displays. City forces will be trained on graphics capabilities at the required system training session. In addition to control and surveillance GUI screens and dialogs, formatted data entry screens will be provided for storing and editing parameter data for various system elements. For example, traffic controller data screens will be provided to present and allow easy editing of local controller parameters and to provide a mechanism for facilitating the uploading and downloading of these parameters to/from local controllers in the field. During system operation, user alerts are issued through the GUI in the form of pop-up message boxes. The various GUI window sessions display a toolbar near the top border that contains buttons and other controls for creating document windows, setting session parameters, or invoking another action or activity that affects the entire session. Actions supported by and pertaining to a single window are evoked through that window's action bar or controlled internal to the window itself Control Modes Under the proposed system architecture, the main server computers provide for system- wide signal coordination, and continuously monitor system performance from the central location. The proposed system supports up to 250 intersections or ITS devices (optional). Communication Server Computer(s) may be added to increase the capacity of the system by 250 devices each time a communication server computer is added. Communication channels will vary based on the interconnect type used. The system is designed for unattended operations 24 hours per day, seven days a week, without requiring an operator to be logged on to the system. The central facility has the capacity for continuously monitoring and exercising plan selection control for all controllers. The central system will monitor the operation of local controllers and automatically report detected failures and malfunctions. With requisite licensing and interface equipment, any number of personal computer (PC) workstations may be attached to the traffic management system (TMS) network, each having the capability of performing various functions including: • Traffic control and management functions • Historical data analysis • Traffic engineering operations analysis Intersections may be configured in up to 256 control sections each running traffic responsive, time of day, or manually selected timing plans. The central system will continuously transmit and receive status data from each Section 2 - System Functional Description Page 2-3 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 Hardware warranty/maintenance agreement (3 years on workstations and servers, 1 year on all other items such modems, GPS clock. Incl. in hardware Other hardware costs N/A Total Estimate System Hardware Cost $ 76,300.00 Training (assuming training for 6 City staff, per proposal) $ 8,100.00 Ongoing support and design assistance ($125.00 per hour basis,500 hrs/yr. @ 3 yrs, excluding travel and living expenses) $ 187,500.00 Other costs not included in above (see description) N/A TOTAL ESTIMATED SYSTEM HARDWARE/SOFTWARE COST $ 449,000.00 Optional System Software CCTV Module (does not include hardware or integration costs) $ 28,000.00 DMS Module (does not include hardware or integration costs) $ 45,000.00 System Software Escrow (system source code stored offsite with an independent escrow service. Price is a per year fee.) $ 750.00 Explanation of Cost Estimate Items 6.1 Standard Software Warranty ECONOLITE warrants to FORT COLLINS that all software to be delivered hereunder will be free from defects in material or workmanship and will be of the kind and quality designated or specified in the ECONOLITE proposal. This warranty shall apply only to defects appearing within one year from the date of shipment by ECONOLITE for software. If the software delivered hereunder does not meet the above warranty, and if FORT COLLINS promptly notifies ECONOLITE in writing, ECONOLITE shall thereupon correct any defect, including non-conformance with the specifications, either (at its option) by repairing any defective or damaged parts of the equipment, or by making Section 6 — Estimated Cost Page 6 - 2 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 available at ECONOLITE'S plant necessary repaired or replacement parts. The liability of ECONOLITE under this warranty, or for any loss or damage to the equipment whether the claim is based on contract or negligence, shall not in any case exceed the cost of correcting defects in the equipment as herein provided and, upon the expiration of the warranty period, all such liability shall terminate. The foregoing shall constitute the exclusive remedy of FORT COLLINS and the exclusive liability of ECONOLITE. The foregoing warranty is exclusive and in lieu of all other warranties whether written, oral, implied or statutory. NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF FITNESS FOR PURPOSE SHALL APPLY. ECONOLITE does not warrant any equipment of other manufacture designated by FORT COLLINS. 6.2 Extended Software Warranty/Maintenance Agreement As required under the RFP, an extended warranty/maintenance agreement for software supplied under this Agreement will be offered. Please refer to the sample software maintenance agreement described in the detailed response section of this proposal. The extended software warranty and maintenance covers only the icons base software. 6.3 Hardware Warranty ECONOLITE warrants to FORT COLLINS that all equipment to be delivered hereunder will be free from defects in material or workmanship and will be of the kind and quality designated or specified in the ECONOLITE proposal. This warranty shall apply only to defects appearing within one year from the date of shipment by ECONOLITE for hardware products. If the equipment delivered hereunder does not meet the above warranty, and if FORT COLLINS promptly notifies ECONOLITE in writing, ECONOLITE shall thereupon correct any defect, including non-conformance with the specifications, either (at its option) by repairing any defective or damaged parts of the equipment, or by making available at ECONOLITE'S plant necessary repaired or replacement parts. The liability of ECONOLITE under this warranty, or for any loss or damage to the equipment whether the claim is based on contract or negligence, shall not in any case exceed the cost of correcting defects in the equipment as herein provided and, upon the expiration of the warranty period, all such liability shall terminate. The foregoing shall constitute the exclusive remedy of FORT COLLINS and the exclusive liability of ECONOLITE. FORT COLLINS will return the defective product to ECONOLITE, prepaid. ECONOLITE shall repair or replace the defective item and return it to FORT COLLINS, shipping costs included. The foregoing warranty is exclusive and in lieu of all other warranties whether written, oral, implied or statutory. NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF Section 6 — Estimated Cost Page 6 - 3 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 FITNESS FOR PURPOSE SHALL APPLY. ECONOLITE does not warrant any equipment of other manufacture designated by FORT COLLINS. 6.4 Extended Hardware Warranty An extended warranty for computer workstation and server hardware supplied under this Agreement will be offered. The extended warranty will cover the computer workstation and server hardware provided under this agreement for an additional 2 years. The warranty provided is a transfer of the warranty policy of Hewlett Packard and Dell computer companies. All other hardware such as network cables and connectors, communication modems, GPS clocks, etc. are not covered under the extended warranty. 6.5 Hardware and Software Maintenance Agreements Please refer to the sample software maintenance agreement described in the detailed response section of this proposal. 6.6 Design support and design assistance Since the city has not defined the type of design assistance and support required, the actual fees will be determined once a clear definition of the tasks are provided. For example, if telephone support or local Econolite technical support can be provided under certain conditions, then the cost of assistance can be reduced. The scope of work will define the final cost. Note that the support fees are an hourly rate only and do not include travel and living expenses. Section 6 — Estimated Cost Page 6 - 4 ECONOLITE C O N T R O L PRODUCTS, I N C. April 12, 2001 City of Fort Collins Purchasing Division 256 West Mountain Avenue Fort Collins, Colorado 80521 Attn: Mr. James B. O'Neill II, CPPO Dear Mr. O'Neill, Solving Tomorrow's Traffic Problems ... Today In accordance with the requirements of the City of Fort Collins RFP P-788, Econolite Control Products, Inc. acknowledges the receipt of addendums 1 through 3. Sincerely, ECONOLITE CONTROL PRODUCTS,. INC. P.E. Sales 3360 E. LA PALMA AVE. • ANAHEIM, CA 92806-2856 • (714) 630-3700 • FAX (714) 630-6349 P.O. BOX 6150 • ANAHEIM, CA 92816-0150 CITY OF FORT COLLINS ADDENDUM No. 1 March 19, 2001 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Proposal #P-788, Advanced Traffic Management Systems OPENING DATE: 4:00 p.m. (our clock) April 6, 2001 To all prospective proposers: PREPROPOSALTELECONFERENCE Monday, March 26, 2001 - 9:00 A.M Mountain Time TO PARTICIPATE CALL: Teleconference Number— 800-447-1794 Participant code - 420535 AGENDA 1. Project Description 2. Proposal Expectations 3. Questions and Answers. If you have any questions please contact Rick Tensley, CPPB, Buyer, at 970-416-2247. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. CITY OF FORT COLLINS ADDENDUM No. 2 P-788 ADVANCED TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Proposal #P-788 Advanced Traffic Management System OPENING DATE: April 6, 2001, 4:OOp.m. (Our Clock) To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. The City has standardized the use of CATSE Siemens equipment and wiring for our Main and Internal Distribution Frame Closests (telephone closets). For a copy of the Information Technology Policies and Standards visit our website at www.fcoov.com/purchasing or call the Purchasing office at 970-221-6775. If you have any questions please contact Rick Tensley at 970-416-2247. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. CITY OF FORT COLLINS ADDENDUM No. 3 P-788 ADVANCED TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of Proposal #P-788 Advanced Traffic Management System To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes are hereby made. Change Proposal opening date from April 6, 2001, to April 16, 2001, 4:OOp.m. (Our Clock). A copy of the audio transcript of the March 261h Teleconference is on cassette tape and may be obtained by contacting John Vetterling at URS, 4582 S. Ulster St., STE 1000, Denver, CO 80237-2565, phone # 303-694-2770. Please use the attached Estimated Cost form for your submission. A list of applicable comments and questions has been attached for your review. If you have any questions contact Rick Tensely, CPPB, Buyer, at 970-416-2247. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. 11 VII. ESTIMATED COST Provide an estimated cost for the system configuration proposed according to the following format. Cost estimates for the following elements of the system should include technical documentation on the hardware and software provided. Provide a list of major components and cost, man-hour estimates and labor rates. This information will be a portion of the evaluation and will be used to negotiate the cost when a final system. is selected. Clearly document all assumptions used for estimated cost so that the selection panel may fairly evaluate all proposals. System Software Design of system configuration Licenses for system software and supporting software packages including operating system and database engines. Configuration and testing Software warranty/maintenance agreement (5-years minimum, provide copy of standard warranty and maintenance agreement) $____ Other software costs (provide description) $ Total Estimated System Software Cost $ System Hardware Design of computer and network configuration $_________ Computer and network hardware ( provide list of major components including makes models and cost on separate sheets). $ Configuration and testing $____________, Delivery and Installation Hardware warranty/maintenance agreement (3-years minimum, provide copy of standard warranty and maintenance agreement) $__________ Other hardware costs (provide description) Total Estimated System Hardware Cost $ Training (assume training for 6 City staff, provide a full description) Ongoing support and design assistance (assume a 3-year duration, 500hrs/year) $ Other cost not included above (provide complete description) $ TOTAL ESTIMATED SYSTEM HARDWARE/SOFTWARE COST $ Provide a complete description of the above items including technical documentation on hardware and software. Attach itemized lists, cut sheets, prices, man-hour estimates and standard labor rates for all items. Provide pricing information on additional system modules and future updates or upgrades. The following questions or comments are applicable for the City of Fort Collins RFP 1. What is desired for transit priority operation, bicycle and pedestrian special treatments? Do you have something in mind? (Pg. 1). We desire to be able to improve the interactions of those modes of travel and services with vehicular control. We do not know what is out there to improve that interaction but are wanting the vendors to show us what they have and how it can work for us. 2. Traveler information is required. What is exactly required or as a minimum? Do you wish this information to be transferred to a web site? (Pg. 1) Again, we want the vendors to tell us what is available and how it can benefit us. We have not at this time decided to do a web page but it is discussed as a future desire so we want flexibility in the system to accommodate its use. 3. What type of incident management functions do you envision as a minimum? (Pg. 1) We would like, as a minimum, video surveillance on College Ave (our heaviest arterial and state highway), with two to four VMS's and an ability to implement timing changes on the fly (meaning the ability to quickly implement timing changes, due to an incident, that doesn't require reconstruction of the functioning timing plan. 4. What are the City standards for computers and networking equipment currently? (Pg. 3) How do we get this information? The standards are being posted on the City website with the RFP. You can also contact Jeri Mael with the City's IT department with questions. Her number is 970.221.6504. 5. Reference is made to other common ATMS field hardware that we should communicate with. Could the City be more specific as a minimum here? (PG 3 V c). We just want to know what ATMS field equipment you can communicate with. 5. What does the City expect to expand to — How many devices 500, 1000, 4000 (V c)? I would speculate between 250 and 500 over the next twenty years. Basically, the system must be expandable somehow without having to scrap the whole processing unit and start over. Our eight to ten year outlook is about 250 signals 6. Special functions are referred to — what are these as a minimum (V a)? The "special functions" referred to are alternative modes of travel and any capability a product has to service those alternative modes. Does your product support any pedestrian functions, transit priority (or other) capabilities, etc. Whatever special functions (items outside of motorist functions) your product can support. 7. What are the field devices exactly as referred to in (V f)? Any devices necessary for a system to communicate with or through to the field devices stated in the RFP, ie., VMS, counters, video, etc. Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 intersection at least once -per -second via full duplex communications media. In addition, data parameter upload, download, and time/data communications requests are supported on a periodic request -driven basis. The system distributes actual low-level traffic signal control responsibilities to the local intersection controller. Maintenance of coordination is handled locally and only requires that timing plan parameters be available at the controller and that controller firmware keeps an accurate time base. Local time base clocks are synchronized with the central system periodically via regularly scheduled time/date update communications functions. When operating under either the centrally selected Traffic Responsive (TR), Time of Day (TOD) Central, or Manual modes, the communications system transfers to the local controller a plan number which specifies the selected plan of operation requested for that controller. Under TOD Local (Plan 0) mode, plan selection is handled locally by each controller's resident TOD/DOW schedule. Monitoring of local controller operations for malfunctions is performed continuously by the central system for all controllers communicating with the central system (regardless of current plan selection mode). A minimum of 48 (per TS-2 specs, Econolite's ASC/2 Series Software provides 64) locally stored coordination -timing plans can be supported at each local controller (depending on controller capabilities). Each plan consists of a cycle length, offset, and a split set. Timing plans also implement phase omits, phase calls, special function outputs, and phasing sequences as established by a local controller's plan based on parameter settings. Free, Flash, and local TBC control plans can also be commanded by a plan input. System control modes will be established and maintained by the system based on operator command, time of day schedule, and equipment status monitoring. Modes can be implemented at four levels: System, Zone, Section, and Controller. Control mode priorities are as follows (from highest to lowest priority): • Manual Override (MAN) • Time-of-Day/Day-of-Week (TOD/DOW) • Traffic Responsive (TR) • Local Default Control Mode (LOC) Failed mode is also supported by the system: Failed mode overrides any of the four basic operational modes described above. Failed (FAIL) - A controller is deemed "Failed" when the controller fails one or more monitoring checks. Once failed, a controller will remain in the failed mode until the problem has been corrected and the failure state has been cleared by operator command or periodic retry commands from the schedule. Programmed Free and Flash operations are selected by invoking special plan numbers corresponding to these operations. Flash is not eligible for selection under the Traffic Responsive mode. Manual Override (MAN) plan selection can be implemented on a Section 2 — System Functional Description Page 2-4 How do we get more information of the referred systems including necessary protocols to communicate with these systems (V g)? That would have to come from the product vendor of the product you state your system will support. 9. Section C in the scope of work is referenced. Does that section refer to Section V c performance requirements? (Pg. 4) If you are referring to the reference made on page 4, section VI.b.1., yes it does refer to section V. c., 1,2, and 3. 10. Vi c #2 Second sentence does not ready correctly "What did you really mean there. "Offerers shall indicate how the address each concern..." Should read " How they address each..." . Basically we would like discussion on how your proposed system will meet the various requirements under the scope of work. 11. Does the City desire all new equipment at the local controllers? We shall be changing out the controllers but that is not a part of this RFP. Since no decision has been made as to whether to stay with NEMA or switch to 170/2070 equipment, cabinets nay or may not be changed out also. We expect to make the decision as to NEMA or 170/2070 based on what a company's system can do for us. Basically you are going to tell us which way to go. 12. Who is to install the field equipment? That has yet been determined but possibly the system vendor may as well as working with our staff. Certainly feel free to give discussion on the topic. 13. Top of page #2 - Does the system require implementation of ALL the elements listed? As many as possible. They may not be implemented initially but we hope to have the ability to integrate them with the new system. 14. Page 33 V.d.1 - How many different types and brands of local intersection controllers are presently in use? One brand and several types. Multisonics 820 and 820A, 911's, 111-20's, RIU-810. 16. Is it the City's intent to change out the existing local intersection controllers in order to utilize the latest technology? Yes, but again it is not a direct component of this RFP. Since the Multisonics controller does not work with other systems it will be changed out. 17. Is it the City's intent to change out the existing local intersection controller cabinets? Will be determined by the system we eventually select. If we stay NEMA, probably not. If we go 170/2070 we may have to or by way of an integrating method. 18 With the City's utilization of Fiber Optics for communications, is it the City's intent to supply the Fiber Optic Data Links or does the City expect the Data Links to a part of the System hardware? We want to see the system vendor have responsibility to provide equipment that supports their system. It should be broken out as a separate cost item. 19. Please explain in detail the City's phasing for system implementation in terms or area or percentage. We are having a conference call on Monday, March 20h. The details are posted on the RFP website. That question may best be answered during the conference. At this time, I am unable to give the best input on that question. Navigate the network through multiple levels of background maps from system-wMe to individual intersections. icons TM - Integrated Control Of Traffic Networks The icons Advanced Traffic Management Sys- tem provides a centralized integrated platform for ,Ffic signal system control, information manage- ment, and graphical data display. Through a map - based graphics display, the operator is able to as- similate data more rapidly, improving operation and decision making efficiency. icons provides a full -featured, easy to use, object - oriented graphical user interface (GUI). Intersec- tion -specific objects support centralized manage- ment and control of signalized intersections. icons provides the ability to extend this integrated display environment to manage other ATMS/ATIS related data. Graphically display traffic conditions using icons Intersection Displays. Features & Benefits • Integrated centralized hybrid control and management of up to 5000 signalized Intersections via an easy to use map -based user interface. • Windows -based graphical user Interface design provides ease of use, Increased control and as- similation of data, plus reduced user training time. • Open client -server architecture design includes NTCIP communi- cations support for local controllers and other field equip- ment. • Map -based user Interface pro- vides graphical display of area wide, regional, section, and Indi- vidual intersection related data. • Support of standard Icon objects and GUI -based tools provides the ability to uniquely configure displays to collect, manipulate, and display data. • Graphical Icons provide easy and Intuitive access to traffic control data, real-time data, parameter da- tabase, and graphical Image files. • Support for multiple levels of background maps using com- merclally available flle formats. • Multi-user SOL database manage- ment system provides parameter storage, report generation, data archiving, and facilitates Integra- tion with other agency systems. • Optimized for 32-bit operation under Windows NT and Win- dows 95, Set controller parameters (front) and manage entire networks (back) using icons Database Manager. Open Architecture Design icons is supported across a distributed client -serv- er architecture for improved performance and con- figuration flexibility. The use of standard personal computer (PC) hardware, commercial software, plus support for standard communications protocols (NTCIP) allows the system to adapt to changes in technology and provides increased functionality over time with a minimum impact on individual system components. Any number of operator work- stations may be networked together, with each pro- viding complete system access and user functional- ity. Complete system security is provided through multi -level password control. Through use of NTCIP, icons easily supports NEMA, Type 170, and 2070 controllers. Display detector -based measures of effective- ness in both graphical and tabular formats. �_ 970128 6211-1015OM-01 ®ECONOLITE 3360 E. La Palma, Anaheim, California 0 P. O. Box 6150, Anaheim, California 92816-16-0150150 C O N T R O L PRODUCTS, t N o. Telephone: (714) 630-3700 Fax: (714) 630-6349 Web site: hftp://www.econolite.com E-mail: sales@econolite.com icons in Las Vegas A new approach to traffic management Reflecting the dynamics of the city itself, transport authorities in Las Vegas are throwing out the old and bringing in the new. A legacy traffic control system is being replaced by an advanced client/server, object -oriented architecture which utilizes the emerging NTCIP standard. The result is Icons — Integrated Control Of Networks — a new approach to traffic management Reprinted from Traffic Technology International April/May '98 he growth in traffic on the streets of Las Vegas is exceeded only by the phenomenal rate at which new, world class res- orts continue to be built on its most famous boulevard. To help man- age all this traffic, the fastest -growing urban area in the USA is installing Econolite's IconsTu advanced traffic management system and using Model 2070 Advanced Transportation Con- trollers for intersection control. The partners in the Las Vegas project include: the Federal Highway Adminis- tration, Nevada Department of Trans- portation, Clark County and its Regional Transportation Commission, City of Las Vegas, City of North Las Vegas, and City of Henderson. A team of consulting traf- fic engineers, lead by The Parsons Trans- portation Group, is responsible for the overall design of the new Las Vegas traf- fic management system. Local agencies involved in the project have long cooperated to manage jointly all signals in the Las Vegas area as one coordinated signal system called the Las Vegas Area Computer Traffic System (LVACTS). This system has been man- aged by a joint agency Operations Man- agement Committee that oversees the operations of the system and its small team of dedicated staff. Building on experience The Icons (Integrated Control Of Net- works) advanced traffic management system will replace an aging UTCS sys- tem originally installed in 1983. That system used a central minicomputer architecture and Remote Communica- tions Units (RCUs) to control intersec- tions directly via the standard input and output circuits of NEMA TS-1 traffic controllers. In upgrading their signal system, the LVACTS agencies wanted a new system that went beyond the current state of the art. They wanted a system that could not only better manage today's traffic with today's technology, but that could also expand as the region grows and take advantage of emerging techniques and technologies. The Icons traffic manage- ment system and the Model 2070 con- trollers achieve those objectives by incorporating advanced control and management capabilities, and by being open and standards -based platforms. Jurlediceenal Manaaanant Canon E]7�J @ 4 nark County City of Waft us Vegas \ Fiber Bridge System alohltecture for LVACTS LVACTS Track Manaeemant Canter (includes City of Us Vegas) LAWMAN Getaways Microwave Matropollbn Arse Natwork Bah, Radio and Video Backbone Video MF camarse CMnen Control specific areas. The user can also click on any device icon(s) to bring up separate, more detailed displays or reports associ- ated with that field device. Examples of detailed on -screen displays for one or more devices include: area, regional or section maps; dynamic site maps (e.g. ..intersection displays); time -space dia- grams; graphs of measures of effective- ness; live video feed; event logs; historical status data and user -set parameters, etc. Extensive use is made of graphics and color to assist in interpretation of infor- mation presented to the user. Unlike the graphical user interfaces of many traditional traffic management systems which separate operator control and text reporting functions from graphics display functions, the Icons system workstation interface integrates these operations, allowing operators to move freely between contexts in a logical point and click manner. In addition to control and surveil- lance screens and dialogs, the Icons sys- tem also makes extensive use of the graphical user interface to provide the operator with easy -to -use formatted data entry screens. These provide for storing and editing parameter data for the vari- ous field devices used within the system. As an example, traffic controller data screens display and allow easy editing of local controller parameters and facilitate the uploading and downloading of these parameters to and from the local con- trollers in the field. All data within the 31 BNa Microwave City of NanMnon Local Controllers Copper Wire system is managed by an SQL interface and is fully documented to allow open access to data by other applications. Traffic control Las Vegas presents several unusual traf- fic management challenges. The large volumes of vehicular and pedestrian traffic concentrated around the casino `strip' require triple left turn lanes, dedi- cated right turn lanes, and very wide This project represents the fast large- scale deployment of ATCs. The Model 2070 controllers use the Motorola 68360 processor and OS-9 operating system with a VME bus. The controllers operate using NextPhase software from Gardner Transportation Systems, which also developed the Icons traffic management system software for Econolite. The NextPhase controller software provides LVACTS with many advanced features. For example, each controller supports 40 phases, 26 barriers and 20 rings, which facilitates efficient control of complex intersections and multiple inter- sections from one controller. Closely spaced signals can be coordinated with- out use of a fixed cycle length if desired. Phases can be repeated in any order in a cycle and with different timing in each repetition, enabling effects such as unequal `double' cycling. The ability to accommodate pedestrian phase imple- mentations within a short cycle without forcing a traditional offset transition is of particular benefit at the wide intersec- tions in the Las Vegas Valley. The ATCs are also being used to control CCTV cameras and are planned for use with changeable message signs and ramp metering. The ATC standard includes embedded support services and an Applications Program Interface (API) that enables multiple programs to "Las Vegas presents several unusual traffic challenges... A significant proportion of motorists are strangers to the city" intersections with long pedestrian cross- ing times. Vehicular and pedestrian traf- fic continues to be heavy at night and can fluctuate widely due to shift workers and frequent special events. A significant proportion of motorists are strangers to the city and are likely to be sightseeing or looking for landmarks rather than driving efficiently and carefully. The traffic signal system. needs to be flexible, responsive to changing traffic condi- tions, and able to support efficiently real-time remote manual management when needed. The Icons traffic manage- ment system monitoring and control features easily meet this challenge. In addition, the Icons system provides detailed measures of effectiveness that help operators evaluate and fine tune the system's operation. operate simultaneously, sharing resources and services. The Icons advanced traffic manage- ment system software also supports changeable message signs, surveillance cameras, ramp meters and other types of field devices. Together, Icons and the ATCs provide the Las Vegas Valley with a very capable and flexible trans- portation management system that can keep pace with the region's rapid growth and take advantage of new techniques and technologies. ■ 'Authors of this article are Craig Gardner of Gardner Transportation Systems, Gary Duncan of Econolite, Gary Jost of Parsons Transportation Systems and Gerry de Camp, LVACTS, USA. Icons is a trademark of Econolite Control Products N ECONOLITE WWWWI C O NTROL PRODUCTS, I N C. icons NTCIP Support The icons Td advanced traffic management system provides NTClP support for the Class B Profile and is compliant to NTClP Conformance Level 2. The icons system software provides both SNMP and STMP/Dynamic Message functionality and includes support for the following standard NTClP ASC and Global Objects: Phase Status phaseStatusGroupGreens (Phases 1 — 40) phaseStatusGroupPedClears (Phases 1— 16) phaseStatusGroupWalks (Phases 1— 16) Overlap Status overlapStatusGroupGreens (Overlaps 1 — 8) overlapStatusGroupYellows (Overlaps 1 — 8) Detector Status vehicleDetectorStatusGroupActive (Detector 1 — 32) phaseStatusGroupPedCalls (Phases 1 — 8) Coordination Pattern Control and Status systemPattemControl coordPattemStatus Alarm Status unitFlashStatus shortAlarmStatus alarmGroupState Special Function Control specialFunctionOutputState Detector Data volumeOccupancySequence volumeOccupancyPeriod detectorVolume detectorVolume (Alarms 1 — 8) 1 icons is a trademark of Econolite Control Products, Inc. Global Objects globalTime dbCreateTransaction dbVerifyStatus As the current NTCIP Standards do not define block upload or download Objects, icons supports proprietary Objects for database transfer to improve uploading and downloading times. icons currently supports uploading and downloading the entire ASC/2S controller using proprietary ASC/2 Objects. ECONOLITE IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIECONTROL PRODUCTS, I N C. ASC/2 Series Controller NTCIP Software Status NEMA TS3.5 Conformance Group Currently Conform Yes/No Projected Conformance Date 3.1 Phase Yes 3.2 Detector Yes 3.3 Volume/OccupancyVolume/Occupancy Report Yes 3.4 Unit Yes 3.5 Special Function Yes 3.6 Coordination No — Partial Support Project Driven 3.7 Time Base No - Support with Private Objects Project Driven 3.8 Preempt No - Support with Private Objects Project Driven 3.9 Ring Yes 3.10 Channel Yes 3.11 Overlap Yes 3.12 TS2 Port 1 Yes Econolite has completed and released NTCIP Level 1 software for the ASC/2 Series Controllers. This includes software for both the ASC/2 and ASC/2S model controllers. The ASC/2 Series NTCIP Level 1 software if fully compliant to NTCIP Conformance Level 2 and provides both SNMP and STMP/Dynamic Message functionality and conforms to the NTCIP Level 1 requirements of TS2-1998. The ASC/2 Series NTCIP Level 1 software provides object support for all mandatory Actuated Signal Control (ASC) and Global objects. In addition, the NTCIP Level 1 software supports a number of optional objects needed for coordination control. All other ASC/2 Series Controller data is supported via ASC/2 private objects. MIB files are available for all objects supported by the ASC/2 NTCIP Level 1 software. NEMA TS2 Actuated Controllers Features ■ Exceeds NEMA TS2 and TS1 require- ments ■ NTCIP compliant (optional) ■ Surface mount technology provides increased reliability ■ Flash EPROM simplifies software installation ■ Optional 1MB memory for custom applications ■ Windows based remote user inter- face program (optional) ■ Rechargeable lithium battery elimi- nates disposal problems ■ 16 X 40 LCD display with automated contrast adjustment ■ Optional display heater for extended periods below 0° F ■ Enhanced electrostatic discharge and power line transient protection ■ Multi -system protocol support Description In 1992 the ASC/2 Series was the first NEMA TS2 Type 1 or Type 2 controller offered to the market- place. In 1998 the industry stan- dard has been raised once more with the introduction of the next member of the ASC/2 family —the ASC/2S. The ASC/2S provides all of the features of the ASC/2 family of controllers with an updated hard- ware design that will allow the ASC/2S to serve as a platform for future traffic management applica- tions. This includes being fully NTCIP compliant and compatible with all Econolite systems. Although the ASC/2S is a new con- troller, it utilizes the same software plus telemetry and data modules of the field proven ASC/2 family of controllers. The ASC/2S is designed using the latest in surface mount technol- ogy. This offers the end user a controller that is more reliable, eas- ier to maintain, and less costly than earlier generation controllers. The majority of the electronic compo- nents of the ASC/2S are contained on one easy to replace module. All software in the ASC/2S is stored in flash EPROMs. This allows quick and easy software updates in the field without chang- ing PROMS. ASC/2S software is eas- ily updated using either a laptop computer or optional software installation module. A complete software update can be accom- plished in a few minutes. The ASC/2S uses a large scale 16 line x 40 column LCD display module to simplify the user inter- face. This display provides improved viewing in all lighting conditions. In addition, an optional display heater is available to enhance display performance in environments with extended peri- ods of below 0°F. 3360 E. 1,a Palma Anaheim, CA 92806-2856 tip E C O N O L I T E Tel: (714) 630-3700 • Fax: (714) 630-6349 Email: sales®econlite,com www.econolite.com IIIIIIIIIIIIIII11CONTROL PRODUCTS. I N C. SECONOLITE C O N T R O L P R O D U C T O, I N C. ASC/2S Series Controller 1.0 Overview After reviewing the project requirements for actuated traffic controllers to be supplied as part of the traffic management system, Econolite recommends the installation of ASC/2S Series controllers. Each member of the Econolite ASC/2S product family is an advanced system element with standard features and processing power to handle demanding traffic requirements for years to come. In spite of their power, they are remarkably easy to program and operate. Backed by Econolite's industry -leading warranties, the Econolite family of hardware has been designed for easy maintenance. The ASC/2S series controllers offer a unique combination of features to solve the most demanding traffic control problems. Major advances include 12 phases, alternative vehicle extension times for peak traffic conditions, dynamic max green capability, flexible coordination, preemption, and time -of -day capabilities, 64 vehicle detectors, adjustable max times for malfunctioning detectors, special bicycle detectors, dilemma zone detectors and extensive logging and diagnostic features including direct reporting of TS2 detector diagnostics. The coordinator incorporates automatic calculation of yield point, permissives, and force -offs, thus greatly simplifying the implementation and optimization of coordinated timing plans. The ASC/2S Series is our latest development in the controller area. It will provide the agency with a solid platform for addressing traffic control needs today and in the foreseeable future. The ASC/2S Type 1 controller, as recommended in this proposal, combines over 6 years of field proven performance with leading -edge technology. This controller represents the culmination of twenty years of development by Econolite in the area of microprocessor -based traffic control. Over 13,000 controllers in the ASC/2S family have been shipped to hundreds of satisfied customers throughout the world. No other manufacturer can claim to have the same amount of experience in the design and manufacture of TS2 controllers than Econolite. Econolite has prided itself on being the leader in the creation and adoption of the NEMA TS2 specification. This leading edge philosophy allowed us to be the first in the industry to supply TS2 Type 1 and Type 2 cabinets. In fact, Econolite was the sole supplier of TS2 cabinets for over 3 years. Only recently have other manufacturers begun to design and manufacture TS2 cabinets. With thousands of cabinets installed an operational; Econolite can proudly claim to be the largest and most experienced manufacturer in the industry. To fully realize the potential of the traffic management system it is essential for the agency to commit to control equipment, which will provide superior value, technical capability for demanding traffic control situations, and the ultimate in traffic safety. The equipment must also be well supported by its manufacturer throughout the life of the Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 System, Zone, Section, or Controller basis. Controller MAN selection(s) will take precedence over Section based selections which in turn will take precedence over Zone or System -wide selections. It will be possible for the operator to set independent termination time frame(s) for MAN mode selections at any level. The following subsections provide mode definitions and basic implementation details for each: Manual Control Manual Override (MAN) - A controller is operating under a MAN mode when it is responding to system commands for plan selection issued from the central system based on an operator requested override plan number. A MAN mode plan selection is of higher priority than other plan selection modes and will override plan selections made by all other modes as long as the MAN mode stays in effect. Upon termination of MAN mode, the controller will revert to its previous mode of operation (or another mode in the priority sequence that may have overridden the previous mode since the MAN mode took effect). From the perspective of the controller, this mode is identical to Traffic Responsive mode (e.g. a remotely selected local plan will be implemented). Time of Day Control Time-of-Day/Day-of-Week (TOD/DOW) - a controller is operating in the TOD/DOW mode when the controller is operating in a pre -determined timing plan based on a time - of -day schedule stored at central or in the local controller database. Local controller time -of -day scheduling is performed based on schedule data stored locally at the controller and updated by periodic upload/download operations. Schedule may be implemented to within a one -minute resolution. Special holiday schedules are also provided. Traffic Responsive Control Traffic -responsive (TR) - A controller is operating in the TR mode when it is operating on-line under central supervision and responding to system commands for plan selection based on the central implemented traffic -responsive algorithm. Traffic Responsive plan selection is enabled on a Section basis. System detector data provides in the inputs for all traffic -responsive plan selections performed by the system. System detectors may be assigned to a given traffic responsive section. Detector assignments to TR sections are made independent of detector communications and/or intersection assignments. The proposed TR plan selection algorithm is based on a combination of volume plus weighted occupancy values calculated for the latest sampling period compared against user -set values desired for each timing plan. This approach uses traditional FHWA UTCS algorithms. Our experience has shown that it offers reasonably good results when properly setup, and compared to other TR approaches, setup is relatively intuitive. At user specified calculation intervals (1-15 minutes), the comparison algorithm utilizes a Section 2 - System Functional Description Page traffic management system. Given the long life of solid-state traffic control hardware, a modern controller should provide maximum functionality and avoid premature obsolescence. The Econolite controller meets the latest technical standard endorsed by the International Municipal Signal Association and the NEMA TS2-1992 Standard for Traffic Controller Assemblies. Econolite is the leading North American manufacturer of traffic controllers, traffic cabinets and systems. Econolite products are known for furnishing the performance that is promised. Econolite's industry success stems from our traffic experience, field -proven technology, commitment to total quality, unmatched product support, ongoing product enhancements, and continual new product development. 2.0 Key ASC/2S Series Controller Features 2.1 TS2 Compatible The ASC/2S Series controller meets and exceeds the new NEMA TS2 specifications, thus providing the agency with a controller capable of meeting both today's requirements and those of the future. 2.1.2 Modular Hardware The ASC/2S Series controller is constructed using an aluminum housing and easily removable modules. Electronic troubleshooting can be accomplished without extender boards. For ease of maintenance, the ASC/2S opens like a book to provide access to components with little effort. All of the electrical and mechanical components of the ASC/2S, other than the power supply, are accessible from the front of the controller and are easily removed using only a standard screwdriver. All boards are keyed to prevent improper installation. All boards are designed to be completely accessible for troubleshooting and testing while the controller is still in operation. 2.1.3 Removable Data Module The ASC/2S Series controller features a removable data module, which allows easy change -out of the entire controller in a traffic cabinet if required. Inserting the old data module in the controller avoids manual re -keying of data. 2.1.4 Easy to Use... Easy to Program The 16-line by 40-character menu -driven display requires little time to program at the intersection; this reduces the initial installation cost and later ongoing maintenance costs to adapt the controller to changing traffic conditions. Backlighting of the LCD screen allows easy viewing under all lighting conditions. 2.1.5 Context -Sensitive Help In the event the use should forget the meaning of a data entry or option, a convenient help key provides a quick explanation of the data entry function and the terminology used in the setup screens. In most cases, use of context -sensitive help will eliminate the need to use the printed manual. However, a detailed and well -indexed users manual is also available. 2.1.6 Control Features In addition to the features specified by the NEMA TS1 and TS2 Standards, the ASC/2S Series controller offers many unique enhanced capabilities. • Alternate vehicle extension times allow efficient operation of the intersection during winter or congested conditions through TOD programming. Dynamic max green allows adapting the max time to actual demand. • Keyboard programming of sequence and configuration allows maintenance staff to reprogram the controller for new applications without special PROM programming equipment. • Twelve phases, each of which can be assigned to an overlap, can handle unique phasing requirements. This allows different phasing to be used beyond the scope normally provided by TOD programming. 2.1.7 Coordinator Features • Sixty-four coordination patterns are supported by the ASC/2S controller, giving unparalleled flexibility. • Auto -permissive calculations by the ASC/2S controller reduce programming time for coordinated operation and give high assurance of proper on -street operation. Coordination programming of most other controllers requires substantial forethought and manual data entry. • Dual coordination is offered by the ASC/2S to allow the direction of traffic flow to be changed. Reversal of coordinated traffic flow between morning and evening rush hours can substantially improve traffic flow at major intersections. • Dual yield points allow flexible lead/lag phasing. 2.1.8 Preemptor Features • Six priority (railroad or emergency vehicle) and four transit vehicle preemption sequences allow flexible control of preemption. Multiple preempt clearance, hold, and exit interval options (including phase max override following preemption) allow easily tailoring of preemptor operation to varying intersection requirements. 2.1.9 Time of Day Features • Separate control for Non -Interconnected Coordination (NIC) and Time -of -Day functions (TOD) operation allows the user to program special operations while running under coordinated system control or under free operation by TOD. For example, this feature can allow the omission of a phase by TOD while running free, or alternate vehicle extensions. 2.1.10 Detector Features • Sixty-four vehicle detector inputs are provided each with lock/non-lock and delay/extend capability. Multiple detectors and detector types can be assigned to the same phase. In combination, the large number of detectors and the detector flexibility provided by the ASC/2S allow advanced control strategies to be implemented. • Nine types of detectors are supported, including bicycle detectors and dilemma zone detectors. Bicycle detectors call up a different minimum green time to allow safe passage through intersections. Detectors types are assigned in software, thus avoiding the need to stock multiple detector types. 2.1.11 Configuration and Diagnostic Features • Supervisor and Data Change access codes prevent unauthorized alteration of controller programming. • Power -on and continuous automatic run-time diagnostics verify essential elements of the controller operation and memory including RAM, PROM, EEPROM and microprocessor. • Operator -initiated diagnostics can verify operation of all inputs, outputs, the keyboard and display. • Detector diagnostics when using TS2 detectors, BIU connected detector diagnostics test for watchdog failure, open or shorted loops, and excessive inductance change. This allows efficient remote troubleshooting of the most common operational failures. 2.1.12 Logging Features • Separate log buffers are provided in the ASC/2S controller for detectors, detector failures, controller events, and MMU events. This allows detailed reporting of intersection performance even when operating at an isolated intersection. 2.1.13 Status Displays • Dynamic status displays are keyboard -selectable for each of the main ASC/2S unit functions, including controller, coordinator, preemptor, NIC/TOD, detectors and MMU. A separate flash status display pinpoints the cause of a flash event. All status displays are presented on the large 16-line by 40-character LCD screen of the ASC/2S. In combination, the status displays are powerful diagnostic tools, which increases the traffic technician's productivity and eliminates errors. SPECIFICATION ASC/2 TRANSIT PRIORITY FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATION This specification is fully met by the following Econolite models: ASC/2, ASC/2S, and CBD Series Controllers with special Transit Priority Software ECONOLITE CONTROL PRODUCTS. INC. 3360 East La Palma Avenue Anaheim, California 92806 Phone (714) 630-3700 FAX (714) 630-6349 980123 6211-10156M-03 SPECIFICATION ASC/2 TRANSIT PRIORITY FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATION INTRODUCTION This document is a functional specification for a hardware/software signal control system that will provide transit priority for traffic signals while maintaining coordination. 2. PREEMPTION TYPES Two types of transit priority shall be provided: "Full Preemption' and "Transit Priority." 2.1. Full preemption shall function only during free mode (i.e., isolated traffic signal with no coordination). When active, full preemption shall interrupt the normal phase sequence to serve the bus preemption phase, then return to normal phase sequencing. 2.2. Transit priority shall be allowed only during coordinated operation. When active, transit priority shall increase the green time provided to phases serving bus movements without adverse impacts to signal coordination. 2.3. Transit Priority Transit priority requests shall be the lowest priority of preemption available in the controller. If the controller is serving Transit priority, it shall be overridden by a call for railroad or emergency vehicle preemption. Likewise, transit priority calls shall not be served while the controller is serving higher priority preemption demand. 2.4. Transit Priority Detector Inputs Four pairs of transit priority detector inputs, numbered 1-2, 3-4, 5-6, and 7-8, shall be provided. The first detector in each pair (1, 3, 5, 7) shall be designated "CHECK - IN," and the second (2, 4, 6, 8) shall be designated "CHECK-OUT." Each detector pair shall be assignable to one of four transit priority sequences (for full preemption) or any permitted signal phase (for transit priority). PREEMPTION FUNCTIONS AND TIMING To accomplish the general preemption operations described above, special preemption function timing parameters are required. These functions and parameters are shown in Table 1 and Table 2 as Switchable Functions and Controller Timing Functions, respectively. Some of these functions apply only to full preemption, while others apply to transit priority or both. User adjustments to these features shall be completed by the same user interface methods provided for other vehicle and pedestrian timing/switch functions. These features shall be combined with transit priority detector inputs to produce the desired Full preemption and transit priority operations described below under PREEMPTION PHASE/INTERVAL SEQUENCING. Table 1. Switchable Functions Switchable Description Number Required Settings Range Function HOLD Phases Sets phases allowed to time during Full One per preemptor ON, OFF by phase preemption or transit priority ACTIVE Activates Bus Preemption One per preemptor ON or OFF by preemptor (see Note 1) PHASE Omit Allows suppression of service to a Adjustable by timing ON, OFF by phase phase that has not started when plan NOTE 2 preemption is initiated Note 1: If controller is Free, the setting shall automatically be set to "FULL." If coordinated, the setting shall automatically be set to "PARTIAL." Note 2: Phase Omit shall be controlled by current coordination plan in effect. Phase Omit data entry shall only be used during partial preempt. Table 2. Controller Timinq Functions Timing Description Number Required Adjustment Adjustment Parameter Range Precision (Seconds) DELAY Full Preemption - Time from receipt of a bus One per ADVANCE 0 to 63 1 second preemption ADVANCE call to initiation of Input, 4 per Timing the preemption sequence* Plan Transit priority - Time value used by the controller to determine transit priority response* MIN2 The limit to which transit priority will shorten One per Phase (MAX 0 to 63 1 second a split interval, subject to MIN GREEN. If 2) value is zero, normal MIN GREEN shall be used BUS MIN The minimum time HOLD phases shall time One per Preemptor 0 to 63 1 second green during a Full Preemption sequence BUS MAX The maximum time HOLD phases shall time One per Preemptor 0 to 63 1 second green during a Full Preemption sequence INHIBIT TIME Sets last portion of DELAY time during One per Preemptor 0 to 63 1 second which service to phases that are not HOLD phases is inhibited (must be less or equal to DELAY time) MAX EXTEND Transit priority - The maximum time after Internally (See Note 5) their normal yield points that coordinated calcu-lated phases can be held green (without violating non -coordinated phase minimums) RESERVICE Minimum time allowed between consecutive One full cycle length 0 to 255 Internally TIME preemption inputs of current plan (see deter -mined Note 6) * The use of this value by the controller varies between Full Preemption and transit priority. Its use is explained under "CONTROLLER PHASE/INTERVAL SEQUENCING". Note 3: Delay shall be controlled by current coordination plan in effect. Coordination plan split demand pattern and split extension data entries shall be used for this requirement. As such, local split demand shall not be available. When controller is FREE, the setting in Bus Preemptor submenu shall be used for the DELAY TIME. Note 4: The phase MAX 2 time shall control this interval. Note 5: Shall be internally calculated from phase splits and minimum times El Note 6: When controller is FREE, the setting in Bus Preemptor submenu shall be used for the RESERVICE TIME 3.1. Preemption Phase/Interval Sequencing, No Preemption When no preemption is set, all preemption inputs shall be ignored. 3.2. Preemption Phase/Interval Sequencing, Full Preemption When full preemption is set, the controller shall be able to time four bus preemption sequences. One pair of bus preemption detector inputs (one ADVANCE and one CHECKOUT) shall be assigned for each sequence. ADVANCE calls shall be locked into controller memory until assigned HOLD phases are green or until canceled by an input on the CHECKOUT detector of that pair. 3.2.1. Activation of an ADVANCE detector input shall cause the DELAY timer for that preemption sequence to start. When the DELAY timer expires, preemption sequencing shall proceed as follows: a. If the selected HOLD phases are green when the ADVANCE call is received, the BUS MAX timer shall start. The HOLD phases shall remain green for the BUS MIN time and thereafter until a CHECKOUT call is received or the BUS MAX timer expires. The RESERVICE timer starts after exiting the bus preemption sequence. b. If the selected HOLD phases are not green and the ADVANCE call exists, current phases shall terminate subject to set phase minimums and clearance times. HOLD phases shall then be served. The BUS MAX timer shall start at the beginning of the HOLD phases. HOLD phases shall remain green for the BUS MIN time and thereafter until a CHECKOUT call is received or the BUS MAX timer expires. The RESERVICE timer starts after exiting the bus preemption sequence. 3.2.2. Upon termination of the HOLD phases, controller cycling shall resume with the first phase that normally follows the HOLD phase(s) for which demand exists. The RESERVICE timer shall also start. All further preemption calls shall be ignored until the RESERVICE timer has expired. 3.3. Phase/Interval Sequencing, Transit Priority Transit priority shall be accomplished by omitting or shortening selected phases that conflict with bus movements. This operation shall be limited to the extent that it will not disrupt signal coordination. 3.3.1. Buses Moving on Coordinated Phases Coordinated phases shall be permitted to start earlier than normal ("Early Green") or end later than normal ("Extended Green") in the local signal cycle. In either case, the background cycle length shall be maintained by shortening selected non - coordinated phases. Early Green or Extended Green, but not both, shall be allowed to lengthen the coordinated signal phases during any one signal cycle. 3.3.1.1. Coordination shall be maintained by ensuring that coordinated phases are green at or before the time determined by the force off point for the immediately preceding phase(s) and that they remain green until their normally programmed YIELD point. When a non -zero value is entered for MIN2, this value shall be the minimum split interval below which that non -coordinated phase shall not be shortened by transit priority. The value of MIN2 entered shall be checked internally by the controller to ensure that MIN2 is greater than the minimum split interval value necessary to service the phase. 3.3.1.2. The controller shall respond to bus ADVANCE and CHECKOUT calls as follows: a. Extended Green - The MAX EXTEND timer shall have an initial value equal to the sum of non -coordinated phase splits, minus the sum of non -coordinated phase minimums (MIN2) as set in the current timing plan. If a phase has been omitted, it shall not be included in the sum. Upon receipt of an ADVANCE call the DELAY timer shall start and the controller shall determine the point in the local cycle at which it will expire. If the coordinated phases are green, or if the coordinated phases are not green and the DELAY time is certain to expire at or after LOCAL ZERO, the controller timer shall time to the YIELD point and, if a CHECKOUT call has not been received, the MAX EXTEND timer shall start at the YIELD point and the coordinated phases shall hold green for their set BUS MIN time and thereafter until a CHECKOUT call is received or the MAX EXTEND timer expires. If a CHECKOUT call is received prior to the YIELD point, the coordinated phases shall terminate in the normal manner. If the coordinated phases are red and the DELAY time will expire before the coordinated phases are certain to be running (LOCAL ZERO), then Early Green shall be implemented as follows: b. Early Green - The current phase and subsequent non -coordinated phases shall time only their set phase minimums. If the current phase has timed its minimum, it shall be forced off immediately. If PHASE OMIT is set for a non -coordinated phase that has not started, that phase shall be suppressed. However, under no circumstances shall pedestrian Walk or Flashing Don't Walk intervals be skipped or reduced once a pedestrian phase has commenced timing the Walk interval. 3.3.2. Buses Moving On Non -Coordinated Phases The controller shall respond to bus ADVANCE and CHECKOUT calls by omitting or shortening non -coordinated phases that conflict with the bus movement. Upon activation of an ADVANCE detector input the preemption response shall proceed according to the signal state at that time. a. If the bus phase is green - It shall remain green until one of the following events occur: • A CHECKOUT call is received • The time remaining to the latest possible start of the coordinated phases (FORCE OFF of last non -coordinated phase in the local cycle) equals the sum of all remaining non -coordinated phase minimums and clearance times (if a PHASE OMIT is set, phase minimum + phase clearance = 0). b. If the bus phase is not green - Until the bus phase has been served, all non - coordinated phases shall time only their set minimums. If PHASE OMIT is set for a non -coordinated phase, that phase shall be skipped. 4. BUS IDENTIFICATION DETECTOR LOOPS Two types of bus identification detector loops shall be required for the electronic tag transit priority system. "Advance" detector loops shall be required on each bus route approach to the intersection and "check-out' loops shall be required on each bus route departure from the intersection. These loops shall be standard induction loops used in actuated signals. The purpose of the advance detector loops shall be to detect approaching buses far enough in advance of the intersection to allow the controller time to preempt the normal signal sequence and display a green signal for the bus phase. At traffic - actuated intersections, the advance vehicle detector loops, which are typically located 250 feet in advance of the stop bar, can be used to detect buses. At heavily congested intersections where normal vehicle queues extend beyond the perimeter loops, separate advance bus loops located father upstream may be required for efficient transit priority. The purpose of the check-out loops is to efficiently terminate transit priority once the bus has cleared the intersection. Without this check-out detection, the transit priority would continue until terminated by the BUS MAX timer. Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 minimum average absolute difference function to determine a best timing plan match based on new smoothed data for the latest system detector sampling period. Parameters are provided to establish a minimum percentage of active (non -failed) detectors required for TR mode to operate and to establish a minimum significant change threshold value. Other parameters define detector weighting and smoothing factors used in the comparison function calculations. Either TOD/DOW or MAN selection can override TR operations. Additionally, system detectors provide volume and occupancy data for archived storage and analysis purposes. Free Control A controller operating in "Free" is operating outside any programmed coordination plan. A programmed "Free" operation is enabled through selection of a special Free operation plan number in the MAN, TR, of TOD/DOW modes. "Free" can also be the selected operational state of a controller operating in the local default (LOC) mode. Flash Control Flash (FLH) - the system has the following FLH mode capabilities: icons supports the following features provided that the controller is able to discriminate between them and report its mode. • Programmed Flash: individual intersections and sections may be placed on flash by operator command or schedule entry. Programmed flash is implemented by designing the special flash control plan number for selection. • Cabinet Flash: cabinet flash mode shall be indicated when a controller enters flash via manual selection at the cabinet. • Conflict Flash: conflict flash shall result for a tripped conflict monitor at the local intersection. Conflict flash shall be considered a failure by the central system. Flash mode status is logged for each entry or exit from flash. Except in the case of Conflict Flash, controllers are brought back on-line upon termination of the flash mode. Default Control Mode Local controllers will always fall back to a designated local TOD (LOC) mode when not being commanded into one of the other system control modes by the central. The controller will also fall back to this mode should the desired mode be TR and insufficient detector data are available to run in TR mode and no other central mode is available. The LOC mode will cause the controller to be in the Free state or to operate in a locally determined TOD/DOW plan depending on the local controller parameter settings. Section Control Controllers are assigned to groups called sections for plan implementation of traffic responsive, time -of -day, and manual control. In addition, central flash can be commanded on a section -wide basis. Intersections may be configured in up to 256 control sections each running traffic responsive, time of day or manually selected timing plans. All sections operating on a common cycle length are automatically synchronized by virtue of the fact that they are referenced to the same master cycle timer. Section 2 — System Functional Description Page 2-6 Advanced Transportation Controller Series Features ■ Compatible with 170, NEMA or ITS Cabinets ■ Interchangeable with NEMA TSI and TS2 Controllers ■ Open architecture - OS-9 Operating System ■ High-speed serial communications ■ Real-time multitasking ■ Meets National ATC/ITS Standards ■ Meets CALTRANS TEES Specification ■ Metal housing compatible with Type 170 envelope ■ Motorola 68360 Microprocessor, 25 MHz ■ Flexible communications options ■ Ethernet interface capability Description The Econolite Model ATC2070 Controllers are a family of con- trollers designed to meet the widest variety of Advanced Transportation Controller specifications currently in use. This allows the Econolite Model ATC2070 to be easily config- ured to fit all 2070, 170, 170E, and NEMA TSI and TS2 -Type 1 and Type 2 applications. While the hard- ware meets or exceeds industry stan- dard traffic controller specifications, an extensive controller software base is supported through open architec- ture and a standard OS-9 multi -task- ing operating system. This may be overlaid with Econolite's highly capable ASC/2070 software pack- age —the culmination of Econolite's 65-year plus -background in the application of traffic control tech- niques —or any industry available 2070 software which meets current ATC specifications. The base Model ATC2070 unit employs the preferred "lite" serial backplane and chassis, along with an exceptional 8 x 40 LCD display. The "lite" chassis also supports its own CPU module (2070-1B) and one of two optional UO modules - standard 170 cabinet interface or NEMA cabinet interface (2070-2A or 2070-213). Complete NEMA TSI compatibility is achieved by the bolt -on addition of a 2070-8 NEMA Interface Module (chassis). The NEMA Interface Module will support all TSI and TS2 -Type 2 applications. In addi- tion, a wide variety of modules is available to configure communica- tions for all current (CALTRANS A133418) and future standards (NTCIP). The Econolite ATC2070 Controller series meets all applicable NEMA TS 1 and TS2 standards in addition to CALTRANS 1999 TEES Specifications and joint AASHTO/ ITE/NEMA ATC Standards. 3360 E. La Palma, Anaheim, CA 92806-2856 E C O N O LI T E Tel: (714) 630-3700 • Fax: (714) 630-6349 Email: sales@econolite.com Web site: http://w .monolite.com � C O N T R O L PRODUCTS, I N C. Controller Models The Model ATC2070 is avail- able in two basic configurations: ■ Model ATC2070L - for 170, 170E, and 2070 facilities and ATC207OL-ITS for TS2 Type I ITS cabinets or other serial bus applications ■ Model ATC207OLN - for NEMA TSl and TS2-Type 2 facilities There are a significant number of module options to custom tailor either of the above models to cus- tomer specific needs. Special Features ■ All metal housing - serial motherboard ■ Single 96-pin DIN connectors for all plug-in boards ■ OS-9 multitasking operating system ■ Embedded software utilities - Flash drive - RAM drive - Timer library - Validation suite for self - testing ■ Direct access to serial ports under application software control ■ Independent, self-contained power supplies - I/O protection ■ Optical isolation - provides protection from lightning and surges ■ +5 VDC standby power using capacitor backup ■ Safety circuitry monitors line voltage and output ■ 614 Kbps data rate CPU to field 1/0 modules ■ SDLC compatible communications with CPU module ■ 4 Mbyte DRAM - 8 Mbyte FLASH - 512 kbyte super -cap - backed SRAM (30-day retention) ■ 1/0 modules use Motorola 68302 microprocessor (2070-2A and 2070-8) ■ Backup power supplied by capacitors - no batteries ■ Multiple configuration parallel I/O ports ■ 8 line, 40 char/line backlighted liquid -crystal display (LCD) ■ Asynchronous, Synchronous, Hardwire, and Fiberoptic Communications Options ■ Supports ASC/2070 software - NextPhase Software - or any Model 2070 specified software Specifications Power ■ 115 VAC, 60 Hz, 25-120 watts Weight ■ Model 2070L - 11 kg/25 Ibs ■ Model 207OLN - 14 kg/31 Ibs Temperature ■ -370C to +74°C ■-34.6°F to +165OF Dimensions■ ■ Model 2070L only - 483 mm long x 260 mm deep x 177 mm high - 19 inches long x 10.25 inches deep x 7 inches high ■ NEMA interface module only - 432 mm long x 260 mm deep x 101 mm high - 17 inches long x 10.25 inches deep x 4 inches high N ECONOUTE 3360 E. La Palma, Anaheim, CA 92806-2856 ■ P.O. Box 6150, Anaheim, CA 92816-0150 c ...... ........ Tel: (714) 630-3700 ■ Fax: (714) 630-6349 ■ Email: sales@econolite.com ■ w .econolite.com 010405 e0-10263m EXHIBIT B PROJECT TIMELINE 15 ID Task Name Duration Start Finish November December Janua Februa March 0/2 11/3 1/1 1/1 1/2 12/112/6 2/1 212 212 115 1/121/191/26 2/2 1219 2/162/23 312 3/9 3/16 3/23 3/30 1 City of Fort Collins, CO - Action @ems: 8 days Wed 1122103 Fri 1131/03 ® Sign and Return System Supply Agreement - 2-days - Wed 1122/03 - -- Thu 1/23/03 2 ® - Issue Notice to Proceed 1 day Fri 1/24/03 Fri 1/24/03 City,of Fort Collins 3 - Deliver Map and Intersection graphic files to Econolite 5 days Mon 1/27/03 - Fri 1/31/03 ity of F Fort Collins 4 ® Complete System Initialization Forms -- - _ 5 days Mon 1/27/03 - - Fri 1/31/03 --: Ity of Fort Collins 5 - ® ® Econolite -Action items - -- --- Prepare Project Plan/Schedule P1 Prepare System Supply Agreement -- - '.. 57 days day 8 days Fri 1/10/03--- Fri 1/10/03 Mon 1/13/03 Fri 3128/03 Fri 1/10/03 Wed 1/22/03 : ity of Fort Collins on Ho, hn tephenson : 6 7 8 ® Receipt of signed System Supply Agreement - 2 days Fri 1/24/03 Mon 1/27/03 n H 9 --- ® Receive Notice to Proceed--- - -- 1 day - Mon 1/27/03 - Mon 1/27/03 _"-_: Do Ho 10 ® Breakout Sales -Order - a 1 day Mon Mon 1127/03 Do Ho Ju a Franz,Don Ho 11 12 ®-- Issue Work Order #'s - - - System Design -- - -- Submit Systems Initialization fors to City -- Receipt of Graphics &Info Fors from the City - i day 55 days 1 day - 1 day Tue 1128/03 Tue 1/14/03 Tue 1/14/03 Mon 2/3/03 - - Tue 1/28103- Fri 3128103 Tue 1/14/03 Mon 2/3/03 : D ve Lists Don:Ho 13 14 15 -- - - Econolite - System Graphics Development -- 15 days -- Tue 2/4103 - - Fri 2/21/03 : t Don Ho 16 ® ® ® NextPhase Integration Assistance On -Site - 32 hour NeMPhase Training - - - Installation and Test - System Setup and Integration On -Site - Phase 1 I 5 days 5 days - 9 days 9 days Moo 1/27/03 Mon 2/3/03 Tue 2118/03 Tue 2/18/03 -- Fri 1/31103 Fri 2/7/03 Fri 2128/03 - Fit 2/28/03 John Stephenson Siemens ITS `Siemens ITS 17 18 19 20 - Payment Milestone - 90% - - - _ 0 days Fri 2/28/03 -- Fri 2/28/0$ John Stephenson ♦ 2/28 21 22 ®-- System Acceptance Test icons Acceptance Test - 5 days 5 days Mon 3/17103 Mon 3/17/03 Fri 3/21103 Fri 3/21/03 : 23 Payment Milestone - 10% -- -- 0 days Fri 3/21/03 - Fri 3/21103 �J hn St 24 - - - 3121 25 ® Training 32-hour icons Training - - - - 5 days - 5-days Mon 3124103 Mon 3/24/03 Fri 3128/03 - Fri 3/28/03 : t 26 -- - -- - -- Payment Milestone - 100% - - -- 0 days Fri 3128/03 --- Fri 3/28/03 0 J h 27 . 31 Task Summary ^ Rolled Up Progress Deadline Project: Fort Collins, CO icons project Split Rolled Up Task [_[ External Tasks Date: Thu 1/23/03 Progress Rolled Up Split Project Summary Milestone . Rolled Up Milestone O External Milestone Page 1 Microsoft Project Exported Information Page 1 of 4 Fort Collins, CO icons project Project Start: Fri 1/10/03 Project Finish: Fri 3/28/03 Tasks ID Task Name Duration Start Finish Resource Names % Complete City of Fort Collins, CO -Action Items: 8 days Wed 1/22/03 Fri 1/31/03 0% Sign and Return 2 System Supply Agreement 2 days Wed 1/22/03 Thu 1/23/03 City of For Collins 0% R Issue Notice to Proceed 1 day Fri 1/24/03 Fri 1/24/03 Cityof Fort Collins 0% Deliver Map and 4 Intersection graphic files to Econolite 5days Mon 1/27/03 Fri 1/31/03 City of Fort Collins 0% E: Complete System Initialization Forms 5days Mon 1/27/03 Fri 1/31/03 City of Fort ll p% 6 Iteonolite -Action Items 57 days Fri 1/10103 Fri 3/28/03 Collins 0% 7 Prepare Project Plan/Schedule 1 day Fri 1/10/03 Fri l/10/03 Don Ho,John Stephenson 0% 8 Prepare System Supply Agreement 8 days Mon 1/13/03 Wed 1/22/03 Don Ho 0% Receipt of signed 9 System Supply Agreement 2 days Fri 1/24/03 Mon 1/27/03 on Ho 0% 10 Receive Notice to Proceed 1 day Mon 1/27/03 Mon 1/27/03 Don Ho p% 11 Break-out Sales Order I day Mon 1/27/03 Mon 1/27/03 Julie Franz,Don Ho 0% 12 Issue Work Order #'s I day To 1/28/03 Tue 1/28/03 Dave Liete p% file://C:\Documents%20and%20Settings\ebracke\Local%20S ettings\Temp\Fort%20Collins... 1 /23/2003 Microsoft Project Exported Information Page 2 of 4 13 [ System Design ___]I Submit Systems 55 days Tue 1/14/03 Fri 3/28/03 J 0% 14 Initialization forms to City I day Tue 1/14/03 Tue 1/14/03 Don Ho 0% Receipt of Graphics 15 & Info Forms from the City I day Mon 2/3/03 Mon 2/3/03 Don Ho 0% Econolite - System 16 Graphics Development 15 days Tue 2/4/03 Fri 2/21/03 John Stephenson 0% NextPhase 17 Integration Assistance On -Site 5 days EMo:n1/:27/0]3 Fri 1/31/03 Siemens ITS 0% 18 NextPhase Training Training0% 5 days Mon 2/3/03[FEFn 2/7/03 Siemens ITS 19 Installation and Test 9 days Tue 2/18/03 Fri 2/28/03 p% System Setup and n2O Integration On- Site - Phase 1 9 days Tue 2/18/03 Fri 2/28/03 John Stephenson 0% �21 22 n23 24 Payment Milestone - 90% System Acceptance Test icons Acceptance Test Payment Milestono e - 10 /o 0 days 5 days 5 days 0 days Fri 2/28/03 Mon 3/17/03 Mon 3/17/03 Fri 3/21/03 Fri 2/28/03 Fri 3/21/03 Fri 3/21/03 Fri 3/21/03 John Stephenson 0% 0% o 0% 0% 25 26 27 Trainin 32-hour icons Training0% Payment Milestone - 100% 5 days 5 days 0 days Mon 3/24/03 Mon 3/24/03 Fri 3/28/03 Fri 3/28/03 Fri 3/28/03 Fri 3/28/03 John Stephenson 0% 0% Resources file://C: \Documents%20and%20Settings\ebracke\Local%20S ettings\Temp\Fort%20Collins... 1 /23/2003 Microsoft Project Exported Information Page 3 of 4 ulJulie Franz J 100% 100% ® Dave Liete 100% 100% ❑5 City of Fort Collins 100% 200% © Siemens ITS 100% 100% Assignments Task ID Task Name Resource Name or Start Finish % Work Complete Sign and 2 Return System City of Fort Supply Collins 16 hrs Wed I/22/03 Thu 1/23/03 0% Agreement Issue Notice to City of Fort Collins0% �] 78hrs Fri 1/24/03 Fri 1/24/03Proceed Deliver Map and 4 Intersection City of Fort Collins 40 Ins Mon 1/27/03 Fri 1/31/03 0% graphic files to Econolite Complete 5 System City of Fort Initialization Collins 40 Ins Mon 1/27/03 Fri 1/31/03 0% Forms F[7Prepare Project Plan/Schedule Don Ho 8 Ins Fri 1/10/03 Fri 1/10/03 0% Prepare Project Plan/Schedule JohStep Stephenson 8 hrs Fri 1/10/03 Fri 1/10/03 0% Prepare System F8 Supply Don Ho �❑ 64 hrs Mon 1/13/03 Wed 1/22/03 0% Agreement Receipt of 9 signed System Supply Don Ho 16 hrs Fri 1/24/03 Mon 1/27/03 0% Agreement Receive Notice to Proceed Don Ho 8 hrs Mon 1/27/03 Mon 1/27/03 0% F10 I1 Break-out Sales Order Julie Franz 8 hrs Mon 1/27/03 Mon 1/27/03 0% 11 Break-out Sales Order Don Ho 8 Ins Mon 1/27/03 Mon 1/27/03 0% �r file://C:\Documents%20and%20S ettings\ebracke\Local%20Settings\Temp\Fort%20Collins... 1 /23/2003 Microsoft Project Exported Information Page 4 of 4 12 Issue Work Order #'s Dave Li 8 hrs Tue 1/28/03 Tue 1/28/03 ]0 SuIL bmit -00 :14 Systems Initialization Don Ho 8 hrs Tue 1/14/03 Tue 1/14/03 0% forms to City Receipt of I Graphics & Info Forms Don Ho 8 hrs Mon 2/3/03 Mon 2/3/03 0% from the City Econolite - L16 System Graphics John Stephenson 120 hrs Tue 2/4/03 Fri 2/21/03 0% Development NextPhase 17 Integration Assistance On- Siemens ITS 40 hrs Mon 1/27/03 Fri 1/31/03 0% Site 32-hour 18 NextPhase Siemens ITS �❑ 40 hrs Mon 2/3/03 Fri 2/7/03 00 Training System Setup 20 and Integration John On -Site - Stephenson 72 hrs Tue 2/18/03 Fri 2/28/03 0% Phase 1 23 icons Acceptance John Stephenson �❑ 40 hrs Mon 3/17/03 Fri 3/21/03 0% Test EE 32-hour icons Training John Stephenson 40 hrs Mon 3/24/03 Fri3/28/03 0% Microsoft Home Page Microsoft Project Home page file://C:\Documents%20and%20Settings\ebracke\Local%20Settings\Temp\Fort%20Collins... 1 /23/2003 EXHIBIT C SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT 17 Post Warranty Software Maintenance Agreement This software maintenance agreement is for icons post -warranty software support to be provided by Econolite Control Products, Inc. (Econolite) to the City of Fort Collins (AGENCY) as follows: Products Covered: This agreement is for software maintenance of the base icons system software licensed to AGENCY. This agreement does not cover third party COTS software (even if that i software is required for correct system operation), system hardware, communications :) equipment, or field equipment and software unless that software falls under the base icons system software license agreement. Period of Coverage: Four years from the date of termination of the warranty period. Cost: $9,000 plus travel expenses per annum. Coverage: Econolite will provide the following services under this agreement: 1. Corrections to errors in the software. 2. Provision and installation of at least one system upgrade which will provide additional functionality. The upgrade will occur within 60 days of the beginning of the maintenance period or within 6 months from a previous upgrade, whichever occurs later 3. Provision of telephone support as follows: Times: 7:30am to 5:OOpm Days: Monday to Friday except holidays Telephone support number: 714.630.3700 or 800.225.6480 is a registered trademark of Econolite Control Products, Inc, Post -Warranty Support Policy Fort Collins Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 Intersection Control Normal operation will be for controllers to follow the central TOD, TR, Manual, or their local TOD/DOW schedules and implement plans stored locally at the controller. System Time Reference Synchronization The communications servers periodically synchronize the local time clocks in each of the controllers they support. The server clocks are synchronized with each other using a standard protocol, NTP (Network Time Protocol). The workstation clocks can also be synchronized using this protocol. A GPS receiver will be included as part of the system hardware to allow all system clocks to be referenced to a traceable time source. The cycle -reference time used by traffic controllers is a function of the traffic controller software. Per the TS-2 standard, the beginning of main street green shall be the local zero point. Communications In order to support second by second operation, and the open communication protocol NTCIP, full duplex communications are required. The icons system can support fiber optics (multi or single mode), twisted pair, leased lines, and wireless modems. A typical fiber optic communication channel will support up to 16 intersections at a 19,200 bps full duplex data. With full duplex leased line or customer owned twisted pair cable, the fastest data rate supported by commercially available modems is 9600bps. This allows approximately 6-8 intersections per channel. Direct full time interconnect will be used to connect the central communication server computer to the local intersections in the field. Communications Server Software The icons communications server will handle all system communications. The proposed icons communications server will support the NTCIP protocol to Econolite NEMA controllers and the AB3418 protocol to 2070 controllers (depending on the 2070 software used). The 2070 controllers can be upgraded to NTCIP in the future, when NTCIP is available for them. The communication process will deploy a polled -response type of communications to the intersection controllers. The communications server software handles all of the low level communications functions necessary to interface with the various field controllers for traffic signal control, status monitoring and data upload/download. Low-level functions include device polling, message input/output buffering, message sequencing and prioritization of tasks, error checking/correction, data filtering, and short-term data storage. This distributed processing architecture relieves the traffic application/file server from performing these processing intensive tasks and also avoids these functions from becoming a bottleneck on the local area network. The communications server serial ports interface directly with modems, which connect directly with all local intersections and ITS devices without the need for external interface devices (other than the appropriate field modem based on that channel at the communication server computer). All serial ports will be configured for RS-232 asynchronous communications and will support real-time full duplex, point-to-point or Section 2 — System Functional Description Page 2-7 rG M Provisions: 1. AGENCY to contact Econolite first to ascertain the need for software support. 2. An Econolite technician or engineer shall be present and available at the client site during the upgrade procedure. 3. A software upgrade may require hardware and third party COTS software (e.g. database) upgrades to ensure the performance and functionality of the system. Econolite will provide details of minimum system requirements and the system will be upgraded at AGENCY's cost to meet or exceed these requirements at least one week prior to the upgrade. 1 4. The upgrade may not support all the functionality of the previous version of the icons { system. Prior to the upgrade Siemens GTS will provide AGENCY with release notes for the new product that describes new and modified functionality. It is not anticipated that any core functionality will be lost, however support for obsolete field devices may not be included in future system upgrades. 5. There shall be no third party applications loaded onto any server, workstation or laptop accessing or forming part of the icons system without the prior approval of Econolite. 6. Payment is due at the commencement of the annual maintenance period. 7. Econolite will invoice the AGENCY for any travel costs associated with site visits for the annual upgrade. ,a 8. In the event that Econolite identifies a fault or failure in software or hardware not covered under this agreement which affects the operation of the icons system, then AGENCY agrees to take prompt action to correct such faults and failures. 9. AGENCY shall maintain a dedicated telephone line for remote access to the system by Econolite and its icons partner, Siemens Gardner Transportation Systems. _a 10. Major system upgrades that include new features and functions also include new icons user manuals. New documentation is not generated for minor system upgrades to correct errors. 11. Training is not covered by this agreement. Training may be desired by the AGENCY after a major upgrade that includes new functions and features. Econolite can provide additional training if needed on a time and material basis. 12. This maintenance agreement may be voided if AGENCY modifies any part of the icons software where source code has been provided. It will be up to the discretion Post -Warranty Support Policy Fort Collins QMOUM / 2QM, TI1%414. Oil 94 04, tL 4. Tr l.. 1, M.4 of Econolite and its icons partner, Siemens Gardner Transportation Systems, if these t modifications impede the ability to provide continued support and system upgrades. I ' Post -Warranty Support Policy Fort Collins EXHIBIT D LIST OF HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS 17 Exhibit D — Equipment supplied by Fort Collins Network Domain Server PowerEdge 2550 PowerEdge 2550, Intel Pentium III, 1.26GHz w/512K Cache Additional Processors Single Processor Memory 512MB SDRAM, 133MHz, 2X2568MB DIMMs Keyboard Standard Windows Keyboard, Gray Monitor Dell E551, 15in (13.8in Viewable), Gray Monitor I" Hard Drive 36GB 1 Ultra3 (Ultra 160) SCSI 10K RPM Hot Plug Hard Drive Primary Controller PERC3/DC-Dual Channel Add -in RAID Card 128 MB Cache (1- Int/1 EXT Channel) Diskette Drive 1.44MB Diskette Drive Operating System MS Windows NT 4.0, Configured as a Primary Domain Controller Mouse Microsoft System Mouse, Gray First and Second Network One integrated 10/100 and one integrated 10/100/1000 NICs Adapter Internal Tape Backup Unit INTERNAL 20/40GB DDS-4 Tape Drive w/39160 SCSI CONTROLLER CDROM or DVD ROM 8X IDE Internal DVD ROM Drive Hard Drive Backplane 4 Bay (1 x4) Hot Plug Hard Drive Backplane Documentation Electronic Documentation, Users/Installation/Trouble Guide on CD 2"d Hard Drive 36GB 1 Ultra3 (Ultra 160) SCSI 1 OK RPM Hot Plug Hard Drive Tape Backup Software CA Areserve Professional Hard Drive Configuration On -Board SCSI, Drives 1-5 connected to on -board SCSI Chassis Configuration Rapid -Install Rack Rails Shipped with Server Hardware Support Service Installation Services No Installation 3rd Hard Drive 36GB 1 Ultra3 (Ultra 160) SCSI 1 OK RPM Hot Plug Hard Drive Power Supply Kits Single Non -redundant 330 Watt Power Supply Lu Communication Server PowerEdge 2550 Additional Processors Memory Keyboard Monitor 1" Hard Drive Primary Controller Diskette Drive Operating System Mouse First and Second Network Adapter CDROM or DVD ROM Hard Drive Backplane Documentation 2nd Hard Drive Hard Drive Configuration Chassis Configuration Hardware Support Service Installation Services 3`d Hard Drive Power Supply Kits PowerEdge 2550, Intel Pentium III, 1.26GHz w/512K Cache Single Processor 512MB SDRAM, 133MHz, 2X2568MB DIMMs Standard Windows Keyboard, Gray Dell E551, 15in (13.8in Viewable), Gray Monitor 18GB 1 Ultra3 (Ultra 160) SCSI 1 OK RPM Hot Plug Hard Drive PERC3/DC-Dual Channel Add -in RAID Card 128 MB Cache (1- Int/1 EXT Channel) 1.44MB Diskette Drive MS Windows NT 4.0, Configured as a Backup Domain Controller Microsoft System Mouse, Gray One integrated 10/100 and one integrated 10/100/1000 NICs 8X IDE Internal DVD ROM Drive 4 Bay (Ix4) Hot Plug Hard Drive Backplane Electronic Documentation, Users/Installation/Trouble Guide on CD 18GB 1 Ultra3 (Ultra 160) SCSI 1 OK RPM Hot Plug Hard Drive On -Board SCSI, Drives 1-5 connected to on -board SCSI Rapid -Install Rack Rails Shipped with Server No Installation 18GB 1 Ultra3 (Ultra 160) SCSI IOK RPM Hot Plug Hard Drive Single Non -redundant 330 Watt Power Supply 19 Operator Interface Dell Dimension 4300 Series Memory Keyboard Monitor Video Card Hard Drive Floppy Drive Operating System Mouse Network Card Modem DVD ROM or CD-ROM Drive Sound Card Speakers Modems Dimension® 4300 Series, Pentium® 4 Processor at 1.6 GHz 512MB SDRAM, 2 DIMMS Dell® Enhanced Performance USB Keyboard 17in (16.Oin viewable, 25MM) M782 Monitor 64MB NVIDIA GeForce2 MX Graphics Card w/ TV -Out 40GB Ultra ATA/100 7200RPM Hard Drive 3.5in Floppy Drive Microsoft® Windows® 2000 Professional Microsoft® Intellimouse® Explorer 10/100 PCI Fast Ethernet NIC 56K PCI Data Fax Modem for Windows 16X Max Variable DVD-Rom Drive SB Live! Digital Sound card Harman Kardon Speakers The modems used to support maintenance activities will be from US Robotics and support the following specifications. Operating Systems Modem is compatible with Windows XP, Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows ME, Windows 98, Windows 95, Windows 3.1, Linux and DOS. Includes NEW V.92 56K ITU standard and V.90 standard. Standards and Protocols Supported ■ V.92 56K ITU standard • V.90 65K ITU standard • V.34 33.6 Kbps ITU standard • Compatible with ITU and Bell standards from 56 Kbps to 1200 bps • V.42/MNP 2-4 error control, V.42 bis/MNP 5 data compression • Fax: Class 1 and 2.0 Group III 14.4 Kbps send and receive Dimensions ■ 6.5" wide, 3.75" deep • 1.5" high Model Numbers — USR5686D 20 Commercial Software • Symantec GHOST • Symantec pcAnywhere ■ Autodesk AutoCAD LT • Sybase SQL Server Miscellaneous Equipment ■ Remote Access Server • Router • Network Hub ■ Uninterruptible Power Supply • Printer • Miscellaneous Cables Remote Access Server ■ Three integrated V.90/56K modems for Dial -up access • Dial -out client support on IP/IPX networks using Windows 95/98/Me/2000/NT ■ Industry -standard PPP/SLIP client support, as in Windows 95/98/Me/2000/NT ■ 10MB Ethernet connectivity to IP/IPX LANs Dimensions • 6.2" wide, 9.0" deep ■ 1.4" high Model Number — MTASR3-200 Router The router will be a Cisco 2501 as described in the RFP response. Network Hub Network connectivity will be provided using a CISCO Catalyst 2950 Switch. The switch has the following specifications: • 24 10/100 pros for RJ-45 connectors Two fixed GBIC-based 100013aseX uplink ports Dimensions • 17.5" wide, 9.52" deep 21 • 1.72" high Uninterruptible Power Supply The input plug for the rack mount UPS is a NEMA L5-30P connector • Item: Smart UPS 2200 RM 5U XI • Part Number: SU2200RMXLNET ■ Description: APC Smart -UPS, 2200VA/1600W, Input 120V/Output 120V, Interface Port DB-9 RS-232, Smart -Slot card General Features: Extendable run time, Hot swap batteries, Intelligent battery management, Overload indicator, Rack mount, Replace batt indicator, SmartSlot, Software, Automatic voltage regulation (AVR), User replaceable batteries The workstations will be support be Back -UPS CS 350VA. Printer The printer will be an HP LaserJet 1200N and has the following specifications: • Black and white print quality, 1200x1200 dpi • Print speed 15 pages per minute • Network ready Dimensions • 16.3" wide, 19.2" deep • 10" high 22 EXHIBIT E icons SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURE 23 icons® ATMS System Acceptance Test Plan City of Ft. Collins, Colorado Date of Performance: Performed By: Witnessed By: icons® is a registered trademark of Econolite Control Products, Inc. C:\Documents and Settings\joneill\Local Settings\Temp\Ft Collins System ATP 030122.doc Last printed 1/23/2003 1:33 PM Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 multipoint configurations. Each RS-232 channel will be separately configurable. Refer to the Appendix for detailed information on the NTCIP protocols. Local Area Network This system uses client/server architecture and distributed processing to achieve a flexible and scaleable system. Processing in the system is distributed across multiple processors such that system functions are accomplished most effectively considering cost, communications implications, security/redundancy, and network interface capabilities. The system will support the concurrent use of multiple workstations over local, dial -up, and wide -area network connections. The number of workstations that can be connected is only limited by the capacity of the network and the system servers, which can be scaled up if necessary. Database integrity is ensured through the use of record locking, so that multiple operators cannot make simultaneous changes to the same intersection's database. A password -based security system will be used to log into the system servers to insure that unauthorized workstations that may be on the same network will not have access to the traffic system. Dial -up access will be provided using the standard Windows NT Remote Access Service (RAS). One standard, K56 type, analog dial -up modems will be utilized to support this function. The RAS system will require a separate login to the network, in addition to the login to the traffic system. Econolite generally recommends that the icons traffic management system operate on its own local area network. This will eliminate possible problems with timely delivery of packets to the icons workstations. This is especially important during the display of real time information on the map display. Using the existing network can cause some degradation in performance since the load on the network cannot be controlled by the icons system. It is further recommended to keep the two networks separate and provide the capability for city staff to access City network and icons from the same workstation. Local or Wide Area Networks are standard operation with icons. Proper system connection is required for WAN operation. The icons system utilizes the TCP/IP LAN protocol and will be managed by the Windows NT Server operating system. Windows NT Workstation will be required on all workstations to be used with the system. The basic icons system requires as a minimum a Pentium III 600Mhz computer with 128 Megs of RAM for each server or workstation. Typically most agencies require a complete replacement of their existing central and workstation computers. This will allow the agency to take advantage of the Graphical User Interface that icons provides. We propose supplying the fastest Pentium III or IV processor available at the time of purchase. Econolite Control Products, Inc. will not provide any LAN cabling or installation of LAN Section 2 — System Functional Description Page 2-8 Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado NOTE: Some tests contained within this procedure can adversely affect the Traffic Signal Controller and may impact both the public safety and intersection operation. It is strongly recommended that a "Test Controller" operating in a stand-alone environment be utilized for those test steps that may infringe on either public safety or proper intersection operation. Central Hardware Central Software Connected Field Equipment - Dell PowerEdge 2550 Traffic Server Computer. - Dell PowerEdge 2550 Communication Server Computer. - UPS Unit. - IFS Singlemode Fiber Optic modems and modem rack. - Microsoft Windows® 2000 Server and SP 3. - Microsoft SQL® Server 2000 and SP 2. - icons version 3.8.0 Server Software Suite. - UPS Software. - Windows 2000 Time Service Software - One communication channel with seven ASC/2 series controllers. - ASC2 series controller NTCIP level I firmware, version 1.08 or later. - IFS Singlemode Fiber Optic modems. - Three field communication channels with 35 - 2070 series controllers. - Siemens -Gardner Transportation Systems AB3418E firmware, version 1.5 or later. - IFS Singlemode Fiber Optic modems. Page 2 of 73 Workstation Hardware Workstation Software - Dell Dimension 4300Workstation Computer. - LCD SVGA Monitor. - Microsoft Windows® 2000 Professional and SP 3. - iconklm version 3.8.0 ITMS Client. - iconkrm Graphics Editor version 1.1 - Windows 2000 Time Service Software Programmed System Configuration - 42 Field Controllers - I Test Controller - Four Fiber Optic communications circuits to field controllers. - 1 direct connect communications channel to the Test controller. Application Configuration • icons ITMS Client version 3.8.0 build 16. • icons ITMS Communications Service version 3.26a. • icons ITMS Time Broadcast Service version 2.12a. • icons 3.8.0 build 16 ITMS Traffic Control Service. • icons 3.8.0 build 16 ITMS Event Channel Service. • icons 3.8.0 build 16 ITMS Event Logger Service. • icons 3.8.0 build 16 ITMS Event Log Monitor Service. • icons 3.8.0 build 16 ITMS Relay Service. • icons 3.8.0 build 16 ITMS Alarm Act Service. • icons 3.8.0 build 16 ITMS Detector Mapper Service. • icons 3.8.0 build 16 ITMS Remote Upload/Download Service. • icons 3.8.0 build 16 ITMS Event Mapper Service. • icons 3.8.0 build 16 ITMS Time Drift Monitor Service. • icons 3.8.0 build 16 ITMS Stuck Preemption Detector Service. Page 3 of 73 ASC/2 Controller Basic Setup and Configuration ASC/2 Controller: 1. Verify that the controller Main Software is NTCIP Level 113, 34584 V1.08 [Main-4Utilities—>Sign On] or later. 2. Verify the controller Data Module is programmed with the NTCIP standard configuration, 34526NIO00B [Main —>Utilities —>Sign On]. 3. Set Coordinator Options [Main —>Coordinator —>Options]: a. Set Interconnect Format to PLAN. b. Set Interconnect Source to NIC. 4. Set Port 3 parameters [Main—>Config—>Port3]: a. Set protocol to NTCIP. b. Set NTCIP Address (not "Telemetry Address"). c. Set NTCIP Response Delay to 0. d. Set NTCIP Drop Out Time to 60. e. Set to full duplex. f. Set the data rate to 19200 BPS. g. Set the data, parity, stop bits to 8,N,1 (not 8,0,1). h. Enable the port. 5. Set Write Protect Options [Main->Utilities—>9]: a. Set address OxOB4 to OxOl. b. Set address OxOBC to Ox0L c. Set address OxODF to OXIF. 6. Check NIC Program Steps [Main-->NlC/TOD—>NIC PROG STEPS]: a. Ensure the `override" option (last column) is not selected for any steps. 7. Set Write Protect Options [Main-4UtilitieS-->9] on a Test Controller: a. Set address Ox039 to OXO2. b. Set address Ox03A to OXO4. c. Set address O0313 to OxOl. icons Workstation Setup 1. Ensure the controller types are properly programmed for the ASC/2 and 2070 controllers [Admin/Configuration] ASC2NTCIP and NextPhase. 2. The City of Ft. Collins Main System Map (MAINMAP.ILX) is loaded. 3. Intersection graphics are loaded for all intersections participating in this test. Page 4 of 73 icons Communications Server Setup Verify ITMSCOMM parameters in the ITMSCOMM.INI for the NTCIP Field Communication Circuit (Communications Server #1): a. Protocol = NTCIP 2. b. Primary Poll Message = NTCIP _PRI. c. Secondary Poll Message = NTCIP—SEC. d. Primary Poll Period = 1. e. Secondary Poll Period = 60. f. Secondary Poll Mode = STAGGERED. g. Transmit Overlap = NONE. h. Soft Failure Count = 5. i. Media Type = RS232. j. Line Speed = 19200. k. Line Bits = 8. 1. Line Parity = NOPARITY. in. Line Stop Bits = ONESTOPBIT. n. Turnaround Delay = 1. o. Write and Read timing parameters are set to values of 10, 30, 0, 0 and 100 respectively. p. No Poll Read Total Timeout = 120. q. Controller Drops are correctly programmed for each channel. r. Controllers are enabled and their respective Comm. Addresses are correct. 2. Verify ITMSCOMM parameters in the ITMSCOMM.INI for the AB3418E Field Communication Circuits (Communications Server #1): a. Protocol = AB3418E 1. b. Primary Poll Message = AB3418E_S8. c. Secondary Poll Message = AB3418_DD. d. Primary Poll Period = 1. e. Secondary Poll Period = 60. f. Secondary Poll Mode = STAGGERED. g. Transmit Overlap = NONE. h. Soft Failure Count = 5. i. Media Type = RS232. j. Line Speed = 19200. k. Line Bits = 8. 1. Line Parity = NOPARITY. in. Line Stop Bits = ONESTOPBIT. n. Turnaround Delay= 1. o. Write and Read timing parameters are set to values of 10, 30, 0, 0 and 100 respectively. p. No Poll Read Total Timeout = 120. q. Controller Drops are correctly programmed for each channel. r. Controllers are enabled and their respective Comm. Addresses are correct. 3. Verify ITMS RELAY parameters in the ITMSRELAY.INI (Communications Server 1): a. All ASC/2 series controllers are assigned to the NTCIP_ASC2B_R1A protocol profile. b. All 2070 series controllers are assigned to the AB3418 protocol profile. c. Both Primary and Secondary poll messages are defined and assigned to each NTCIP controller. Page 5 of 73 4. Verify Detector Mapper parameters in the DM.INI (File Server): a. Unit of Measurement = 1 (Feet) b. Average Detection Zone Length = 6.0 (feet). c. Average Vehicle Length = 19.5 (feet). d. VOS Collection Period = 300 (seconds). 5. Verify Alarm parameters in the ALARM. INI (File Server). a. CommPort = Page 6 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 N ECONOLITE a CONTROL PRODUCTS, 1 N C. Task Number specineation I Item Action Result Pass/Fad Comments Reference I UPS SUB -SYSTEM 1.1 File Server Verify Windows® NT operating Windows® 2000 Server appears Computer. normally. to be operating correctly. 1.1.1 Communication Verify Windows® NT operating Windows® 2000 Server appears Server normally. to be operating correctly. Computer. 1.2 Unplug the UPS Unit from its primary An audible alarm begins to System UPS power source. sound. The UPS unit switches to battery Power Connector. operation. The indicators on the UPS front anel indicate butte operation. 1.2.1 File Server Observe the monitor display. A message is displayed Computer. indicating that the UPS is on Battery. 1.2.1.1 Communication Observe the monitor display. A message is displayed Server indicating that the UPS is on Computer. Battery. 1.2.1.2 Workstation Observe the monitor display. A message is displayed Computer(s). indicating that the UPS is on Battery. 1.2.2 Allow the system to continue running on The system continues normal the UPS Batteries until the UPS shuts operation for a minimum of down the servers. TEN minutes. System Both Server computers execute Operation. an orderly shutdown prior to the UPS batteries being exhausted. Record the actual run time on battery in the comments column. 1.2.3 Restore Primary Power to the UPS Unit. The UPS indicators show normal AC Power restored. System UPS The UPS restarts both server Power computers. Note: the UPS has Connector. been programmed not to restart the servers until a minimum 10% battery charge is achieved. Page 7 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 S ECONOLITE •1111111 C O N T R O L P R O D U C T n. 1 N C. Sp Task Number Refeecifrenceication Item Action Result Pass/Pail Comments 1.2.4 System Observe both Server computers. Both Server computers Operation. successfully restart. 1.2.5 Log -on to the computer and: • Observe the Control Panel I Services The services started window for services ITMS AlannAct automatically. File Server through ITMS Traffic Control Computer. STARTED AUTOMATICALLY. • Observe the NT Application Event The Event Log entries indicate Log and verify that the services normal startup of the services. started correctly. 1.2.5.1 Log -on to the computer and: ' • Observe the Control Panel I Services The services started window for services ITMS automatically. Communication Communications, ITMS Relay and Server ITMS TimeBroadcast STARTED Computer. AUTOMATICALLY. The Event Log entries indicate • Observe the NT Application Event normal startup of the services. Log and verify that the services started correctly. 1.2.5.2 Re -start the ITMS Client application on The arrows are indicating the workstation computer(s) and verify normal operation. that the signal arrows on the Main System Workstation Map are indicating normal operation of Computer(s). the connected field equipment. Record the computer name of the workstations checked in the Comments column. Page 8 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 N ECONOLITE C O Y C T B. 1 N C. Task Number Specification Item Action ResultPass/Fail Comments Reference LAN. TIME AND CLOCK SYNCH ROM SUBSYSTEMS 2.1 Log on to the File Server computer and The file is successfully copied. using Windows Explorer browse the LAN Network Neighborhood and locate the Functionality. ICONSCS1 computer. Access the CS1Icons share and copy a file from that shared folder to a folder on the local disk drive. 2.1.1 Using Windows Explorer browse the The file is successfully copied. Network Neighborhood and locate the LAN ICONSWS1 computer. Functionality. Access the WS11cons share and copy a file from that shared folder to a folder on the local disk drive. 2.1.2 Using Windows Explorer browse the The file is successfully copied. Network Neighborhood and locate the LAN ICONSWS2 computer. Functionality. Access the WS2Icons share and copy a file from that shared folder to a folder on the local disk drive. 2.1.3 Using Windows Explorer browse the The file is successfully copied. Network Neighborhood and locate the LAN ICONSWS3 computer. Functionality. Access the WS3lcons share and copy a file from that shared folder to a folder on the local disk drive. 2.2 File Server Set the File Server computer Clock to an The clock is set to an incorrect Computer incorrect time (more than 1 hour off). time. Time/Date Synchronization Page 9 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ! ECONOU""M aaaaal C O N T n O t P P O O Y C T S, 1 N C. Task Number specification Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments Reference 2.2.1 _ Shut Down and Re -start the File Server The computer shuts down and File Server computer. then restarts. Computer Time/Date Logon to the computer using a valid name The logon attempt is successful. Synchronization and password. Observe the Time / Date on the computer. The Time / Date is correct. 2.3 Comm. Server Set the Comm. Server computer Clock to The clock is set to an incorrect Computer an incorrect time (more than 1 hour oft). time. Time/Date Synchronization 2.3.1 Shut Down and Re -start the Comm. The computer shuts down and Comm. Server Server computer. then restarts. Computer Time/Date Logon to the computer using a valid name The logon attempt is successful. Synchronization and password. Observe the Time / Date on the computer. The Time / Date is correct. 2.4 Workstation #1 Set the Workstation computer Clock to an The clock is set to an incorrect Computer incorrect time (more than 1 hour off). time. Time/Date Synchronization 2.4.1 Shut Down and Re -start the computer. The computer shuts down and Workstation #1 then restarts. Computer Logon to the computer using a valid name Time/Date and password. The logon attempt is successful. Synchronization Observe the Time / Date on the computer. The Time / Date is correct. 2.5 Workstation #2 Set the Workstation computer Clock to an The clock is set to an incorrect Computer incorrect time (more than 1 hour off). time_ Time/Date Synchronization Page 10 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ®ECONOLITE aaaa� C O N T R O L P R C a Y C To, 1 N C. Task Nnmber Specir¢atioa Reference Item Action ResW[ Pass/Fail Comments 2.5.1 Shut Down and Re -start the computer. The computer shuts down and Workstation 42 then restarts. Computer Logon to the computer using a valid name Time/Date and password. The logon attempt is successful. Synchronization Observe the Time / Date on the computer. The Time / Date is correct. 2.6 Workstation #3 Set the Workstation computer Clock to an The clock is set to an incorrect Computer incorrect time (more than 1 hour off). time. Time/Date Synchronization 2.6.1 Shut Down and Re -start the computer. The computer shuts down and Workstation #3 then restarts. Computer Logon to the computer using a valid name Time/Date and password. The logon attempt is successful. Synchronization Observe the Time / Date on the computer. The Time / Date is correct. Page 11 of 73 Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 hardware, other than the hardware spelled out in the hardware section for the server computers and the workstation computers. System Features The following is a summary of the proposed system features: • System Level (not to exceed 9,999 entities) 20 Zones 256 Sections • 250Intersections 6000 links • 2000 detectors . Support for 256 Sections running Traffic Responsive Plan Selection Central Traffic Control • Mode/Plan selection hierarchy • Cabinet Flash • Police Manual Mode • Free ■ Local Manual Mode • Central Manual Plan • Central Traffic Responsive • Central Time -of -Day • Local Time -of -Day • Time-of-Day/Day of Week Scheduler (TOD/DOW) • Plan scheduling by TOD/DOW • Once per minute resolution • Holiday scheduling to bring in alternate day schedules for holidays ■ Permanent or temporary schedule entries Traffic Responsive Plan Selector 256 Sections • UTCS pattern match method • Define one or more strategies to run on TOD/DO W basis • Up to 60 system detector per section • Central Status Monitoring - Once per second monitoring for: Proper plan selected and operating at each intersection Current phase display is valid for each intersection Phase has been dormant for too long Offset point is out of tolerance Intersection fault conditions — communications, flash, etc. • Detector Data Processing • Database Management ODBC-compliant SQL database system (Microsoft SQL Server) • Graphical based controller database entry screens Upload/download/compare functions Reports System Status Section 2 — System Functional Description Page 2-9 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 N ECONOUTE C C N T R C L P g C C U C T R. 1 N C. Task Number Spe I atlon Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fad Comments SERVER AND DATABASESQL 3.1 SQL Server Verify that Microsoft SQL Server 2000 The software is installed. software. has been installed on the Traffic Application / File Server computer. 3.1.1 Verify that the SQL Server software is The log contains an event, running and operating normally by Source — MSSQLSERVER, examining the NT Application Event Category — Server, Event — Log. 17055 with the event detail indicating "SQL Server 2000 — (version) 8.00.194 August 6, 2000...". The log contains an event, Source — MSSQLSERVER, SQL Server Category — Server, Event — software. 17055 with the event detail indicating "SQL Server starting at priority class Normal (2 CPUs detected)". The log contains an event, Source — SQL SERVER AGENT, Category— Service Control, Event — 101 with the event detail indicating "SQL Server Agent successfully started". 3.1.2 Launch the SQL Server Enterprise The SQL Enterprise Manager SQL Server Manager utility from the Start Menu Console Window opens. software. Programs I SQL Server I Enterprise Manager option. 3.1.3 Expand the "Tree" view in the left The graphic representation of the SQL Server windowpane to show the ICONSFS computer contains a Green Right software. computer. Arrow to indicate that SQL Server is running on the commuter. Page 12 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure s ECONOLITE nn� C O N T R O L P g O C Y C T B. 1 N C. City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 Task Number SpeI:! vsfiIII Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 3.2 Continue to expand the "Tree" in the left The database tree shows a window for ICONSFS I DATABASES. database named "FtCollinslcons". The database tree shows a SQL Databases. database named "FtCollinsASC2". The database tree shows a database named "FYCollinsNextPhase". 3.3 SQL Database Collapse the tree for the Databases and The right window indicates Maintenance expand the tree for Management. Database Maintenance Plan 1. Plans Select Database Maintenance Plans from the Management tree. 3.3.1 Right click on Database Maintenance A tabbed window opens Plan 1 in the right window and select containing the Maintenance Plan Properties from the Popup Menu. details. The Maintenance Plan is set to backup all of the FtCollins SQL Database databases, Master and MSDB Maintenance databases. Plans. Optimizations are performed daily at 1AM. Database Backups are performed daily at 2AM. Backup Reports are written to the "C:\S L R orts folder". 3.4 Close SQL Server Enterprise Manager Note: YYYYMMDD is the 4- and launch Windows Explorer. digit year, 2-digit month, and Expand the tree to locate the folder The folder contains files named 2-digit day, YYYYMMDDHH Database "C:\SQL Backups\FtCollinsIcons\" and FtCollinsIcons_YYYYMMDDO is the 4-digit year, 2-digit Backups. display the contents of that folder. 200.BAK. month, 2-digit day and 2-digit The folder does NOT have any how. "BAK" files older than two weeks. Page 13 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 W ECONOLITE O C U C T B. 1 N C. Specification Task Nmnber Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 3.4.1 Expand the tree to locate the folder The folder contains files named Note: YYYYMNiDD is the 4- "C:\SQL Backups\FtCollinsASC2\" and FtCollinsASC2_YYYYMMDDO digit year, 2-digit month, and Database display the contents of that folder. 200.BAK. 2-digit day, YYYYMMDDHH Backups. The folder does NOT have any is the 4-digit year, 2-digit "BAK" files older than two month, 2-digit day and 2-digit weeks. hour. 3.4.2 Expand the tree to locate the folder The folder contains files named Note: YYYYMMDD is the 4- "C:\SQL FtCoilinsNextPhase_YYYYMM digit year, 2-digit month, and Database Backups\FtCollinsNextPhase\" and DD0200.BAK. 2-digit day, YYYYMMDDHH Backups. display the contents of that folder. The folder does NOT have any is the 4-digit year, 2-digit "BAK" files older than two month, 2-digit day and 2-digit weeks. hour. 3.4.3 Expand the tree to locate the folder The folder contains files named Note: YYYYMMDD is the 4- "C:\SQL Backups\Master\" and display Master_ YYYYMMDD0200.BA digit year, 2-digit month, and Database the contents of that folder. K. 2-digit day, YYYYMMDDHH Backups. The folder does NOT have any is the 4-digit year, 2-digit "BAK" files older than two month, 2-digit day and 2-digit weeks. hour. 3.4.4 Expand the tree to locate the folder The folder contains files named Note: YYYYMMDD is the 4- "C:\SQL Backups\MSDB\" and display MSDB_YYYYMMDDO200.BA digit year, 2-digit month, and Database the contents of that folder. K. 2-digit day, YYYYMMDDHH Backups. _ The folder does NOT have any is the 4-digit year, 2-digit `BAK" files older than two month, 2-digit day and 2-digit weeks. hour. Page 14 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 SWISS aaaaal C O N T R O L PRODUCTS, 1 N C. Tmk Namber Spe cation Reference Item Action ResWt Pass/Fail Comments Page 15 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ®ECONOLITE .... CON T R O L III. N G. U 6 T B. . N C. Specificaeferention Task Number Rce Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments SERVERicons ITINIS SERVICESINSTALLATION ' OPERATION 5.1 Log on to the Communication Server The entry indicates that the ITMS computer and go to the Control Panel ITMS Communications service Communications Services window. is set to start automatically and Service. Scroll through the services list and locate that the service has started. the en for ITMS Communications. 5.1. EExamine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates that ITMS for and entry: Source — ITMS the service started successfully, Communications Communications, Category — None, with the correct number of Service. Event — 150, and examine the event communication channels and detail. controllers. 5.1.2 Using a text editor such as Windows The channel and controller Notepad, open the ITMSCOMM.INI file configurations are programmed ITMS located in the C:\Program per the projectplans and Communications Files\Gardner Systems\ITMS specifications. Service. Communications\ folder and verify proper programming of the system communications configuration. 52 ITMS Time Go to the Control Panel I Services The entry indicates that the Broadcast window on the Communication Server. ITMS Time Broadcast service is Service. Scroll through the services list and locate set to start automatically and that the en for ITMS Time Broadcast. the service has started. 5.2.1 ITMS Time Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates that Broadcast for and entry: Source — ITMS Time the service started successfully. Service. Broadcast, Category — None, Event— 150, and examine the event detail. 5 22 ITMS Time Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates: Broadcast for and entry: Source — ITMS, Category— "Client Time Broadcast has Service. Communications, Event — 310, and registered..." examine the event detail. 5.2.3 Examine the NT Application Event Log The log entry indicates that the The broadcast frequency ITMS Time and locate the most recent entry, Source: time was successfully broadcast (period) is programmed by an Broadcast ITMS Time Broadcast; Category: to all controllers. entry in the computer registry. Service. Service; Event: 300; and open it. The minimum frequency should be a[ once- er-da . Page 16 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ®EC CI CN T ROC L NP R OLITE Task Number SpecrFcatiou Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 5.2.4 Go to the selected Field Controller and The displayed time and date is Selected ASC/2 compare the controller date / time to the within 2 seconds of the series controller. Communication Server computer date / Communications Server clock. time. 5.2.5 Selected ASC/2 Set the Date and Time to an incorrect The displayed Date and Time are series controller. value or "cold start" the controller. incorrect or not set. 5.2.6 Wait for the Traffic Management System The displayed time and date is to broadcast the Date and Time. The within 2 seconds of the Selected ASC/2 broadcast interval (frequency) may be Communications Server clock. series controller. determined by examining the Broadcast Period key value in the Communication Server computer Re istr . 5.2.7 Communication Verify that the controllers have the The Date and Time are correct. Channel 1 correct time and date. Record the Signal controllers. ID number of any signals not on-line during this test in the Comments column. 5.2.8 Communication Verify that the controllers have the The Date and Time are correct. Channel 2 correct time and date. Record the Signal controllers. ID number of any signals not on-line durin this test in the Comments column. 5.2.9 Communication Verify that the controllers have the The Date and Time are correct. Channel 3 correct time and date. Record the Signal controllers. ID number of any signals not on-line durin this test in the Comments column. 5.2.10 Communication Verify that the controllers have the The Date and Time are correct. Channel 4 correct time and date. Record the Signal controllers. ID number of any signals not on-line during this test in the Comments column. 5.3 Go to the Control Panel I Services The entry indicates that the ITMS Relay window on the Communication Server. ITMS Relay service is set to Service. Scroll through the services list and locate start automatically and that the the entry for ITMS Relay. service has started. 5.3.1 Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates that ITMS Relay for and entry: Source — ITMS Relay, the service has started. Service. Category —None, Event-0, and examine the event detail. Page 17 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 � ECONOLITE L R ..... T B. 1 N C. Specification Task Number Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 5.3.2 Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates that ITMS Relay for and entry: Source — ITMS, Category — "Client ITMS Relay has Service. Communications, Event— 310, and registered.." examine the event detail. 5.3.3 Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates: ITMS Relay for and entry: Source — ITMS Relay, `...Connected to Comm Service. Category —None, Event-0, and examine Manager Server..." the event detail. 5.3.4 Using a text editor such as Windows All parameters are correctly Notepad, open the ITMSRELAY.INI programmed. ITMS Relay file located in the C:\Program Service. Files\Gardner Systems\Icons\Bin\ folder and verify proper setup of the ITMSRelay Parameters. 5.4 Log on to the File Server computer and The entry indicates that the ITMS Event go to the Control Panel I Services ITMS Event Channel service is Channel Service. window. set to start automatically and that Scroll through the services list and locate the service has started. the entry for ITMS Event Channel. 5.4.1 Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates: ITMS Event for and entry: Source — ITMS Event `...GTSI CommMgrService Channel Service. Channel, Category — (4), Event — 4, and beginning operation". examine the event detail. 5.4.2 Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates: ITMS Event for and entry: Source — ConunMgr, `...Connected to Comm Channel Service. Category — (4), Event — 4, and examine Manager Server..." the event detail. 5.4.3 Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates: ITMS Event for and entry: Source — ITMS Event `...Connected to Comm Channel Service. Channel, Category — (4), Event — 4, and Manager event channel'. examine the event detail. 5.5 Go to the Control Panel I Services The entry indicates that the ITMS Event Log window on the File Server. ITMS Event Log Monitor Monitor Service. Scroll through the services list and locate service is set to start the entry for ITMS Event Log Monitor automatically and that the service. service has started. Page 18 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ®ECONOLITE aaaaal C O N T R [I L P R O O V C T 6� 1 N G. Task Number Specification Refemuce Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 5.5.1 Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates: ITMS Event Log for and entry: Source — ITMS Event Log "...Service started". Monitor Service. Monitor, Category — None, Event — 0, and examine the event detail. 5.6 Go to the Control Panel I Services The entry indicates that the ITMS Event window on the File Server. ITMS Event Logger service is Logger Service. Scroll through the services list and locate set to start automatically and that the entry for ITMS Event Logger the service has started. service. 5.6.1 Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates: ITMS Event for and entry: Source — ITMS Event `...Connected to Comm Logger Service. Logger, Category — (4), Event — 4, and Manager Server..." examine the event detail. 5.6.2 Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates: ITMS Event for and entry: Source— ITMS Event `...Connected to Comm Logger Service. Logger, Category — (4), Event — 4, and Manager event channel'. examine the event detail. 5.6.3 Using a text editor such as Windows All parameters are correctly Notepad, open the programmed. ITMS Event EVENTLOGGERINI file located in the Logger Service. C:\Program Files\Gardner Systems\lcons\Bin\ folder and verify proper programming of the events to be logged. 5.7 Go to the Control Panel I Services The entry indicates that the ITMS Traffic window on the File Server. ITMS Traffic Control service is Control Service. Scroll through the services list and locate set to start automatically and that the entry for ITMS Traffic Control the service has started. service. 5.7.1 Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates: ITMS Traffic for and entry: Source — ITMSTC, "...Service started". Control Service. Category — None, Event — 0, and examine the event detail. Page 19 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure N ECONOLITE City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System � C O NTROL PRODUCTS, 1 N C. Version 1.0 Task Number Specification Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 5.8 ITMS Remote Go to the Control Panel I Serivices The entry indicates that the Upload / window on the File Server. ITMS Remote Upload / Download Scroll through the services list and locate Download service is set to start Service. the entry for ITMS Remote Upload / automatically and that the Download service. service has started. 5.8.1 ITMS Remote Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates: Upload / for and entry: Source — Remote Upload, ..Service started". Download Category — None, Event — 0, and examine Service. the event detail. 5.9 Go to the Control Panel I Services The entry indicates that the ITMS Detector window on the File Server. ITMS Detector Mapper service Mapper Service. Scroll through the services list and locate is set to start automatically and the entry for ITMS Detector Mapper that the service has started. service. 5.9.1 Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates: ITMS Detector for and entry: Source — Detector Mapper, `...successfully connected to the Mapper Service. Category — None, Event — 1, and examine ITMS Event Channel". the event detail. 5.9.2 Using a text editor such as Windows All parameters are correctly Notepad, open the DM.INI file located in programmed. ITMS Detector the C:\Program Files\Gardner Mapper Service. Systems\lcons\Bin\ folder and verify proper programming of the configuration parameters. 5.10 Go to the Control Panel I Services The entry indicates that the ITMS Alarm window on the File Server. ITMS AlarmAct service is set to Service. Scroll through the services list and locate start automatically and that the the entry for ITMS AlarmAct service. service has started. 5.10.1 Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates: ITMS Alarm for and entry: Source — ITMS Alarm, `...established connection to the Service. Category — None, Event — 1, and examine Event Channel'. the event detail. Page 20 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ®ECONOLITE nERIN C O NTROL PP O DUCTS, 1 N C. Spec�cati°° Task Nnmber Reference 1[em Action ResWt Pass/Fail Comments 5.10.2 Using a text editor such as Windows All parameters are correctly Notepad, open the ALARM.M file programmed. ITMS Alarm located in the C:\Program Service. Files\Gardner Systems\Icons\Bin\ folder and verify proper programming of the configuration parameters. 5.11 ITMS Stuck Go to the Control Panel I Services The entry indicates that the Preemptor window on the File Server. ITMreempS StuckPtDetection Detection Scroll through the services list and locate service is set to start Service. the entry for ITMS automatically and that the StuckPreem tDetection service. service has started. 5.11.1 ITMS Stuck Examine the NT Application Event Log The event detail indicates: Preemptor for and entry: Source — ITMS Alarm `...established connection to the Detection Preempt, Category— None, Event — 0, Comm Manager Server". Service. and examine the event detail. Page 21 of 73 Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 Intersection status Event log display • Administration Functions Accelerator Button macro definitions Password and access level privilege definition System configuration and name assignment • Graphical User Interface Map based user interface Easy to use menu system Fully zoomable/scrollable displays Object selection from map or menu User programmable accelerator buttons System Monitoring The system provides the capability to monitor all intersections on a second -by -second basis, limited only by the capacity of the traffic management system network. The communications servers poll each controller once per second and collect real time data, which is then provided to the client workstations. Various status indications from the intersection controller are normally displayed using color -coding. Also, many status -indication icons can take on different shapes to indicate different conditions. The user can choose from a library of different dynamic icons, or create additional icons if desired. Status messages and events are dependant on the protocol in use and the capabilities of the local controller. On -screen graphic link data The system supports the display of volume, occupancy, or speed data for a link. The value can be displayed numerically or as a set of colors. The system does not provide travel times, as the data available from the traffic controller is not sufficient to calculate accurate travel time. Technician paging by the server for selected events The icons system software supports technician paging for selected system events. The paging function will be implemented using a dial -up line to connect to a local paging service that supports alphanumeric messaging. Pagers and the selection of a suitable paging service are the responsibility of the City of Fort Collins. The paging service function within icons will allow a client application to send a message to an individual or a team. The message to be sent can be based on a "heads -up" alarm, system event or an operator invoked dialog box. Local Controllers The basic icons system supports both NEMA and 2070 controllers. The following controllers are qualified for operation with icons at the present time. Section 2 - System Functional Description Page 2-10 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ®EC C NCT gOC L NP N OLITE 8. 1 Specification Task Number Reference Item Action ResultNWFail Comments aOPERATION' 6.1 Computer Boot the computer. The computer boots normally to Startup. I Windowst NT Workstation. 6.1.1 Computer Log- Log -on to the computer with a valid user The Windows Desktop appears. On. name and password. 6.2 LAN Using the PING command, ping the The ICONSCSI computer Connection. ICONSCSI computer. replies to the ping command correctly. 6.3 Launch the icons Graphic Editor program The Program launches without Software from either the Start Menu I GS_IGE error. Installation entry or the desktop shortcut. Verification. Close the program. The program shuts down correctly. 6.3.1 Launch the icons ITMS Client program The Program launches without Software from either the Start Menu I Icons I error. Installation ICONS entry or the desktop shortcut. Verification. Close the program. The program shuts down correctly. Page 22 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 N ECONOI_ITE C O N T R O L PRODUCTS, 1 N C. Specification Task Number Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments /A Computer Boot the computer. The computer boots normally to Starm Windows® NT Workstation. 7.1.1 Computer Log- Log -on to the computer with a valid user The Windows Desktop appears. On. name and password. 7.2 LAN Using the PING command, ping the The ICONSFS computer replies Connection. ICONSFS com uter. to the in command correctly. 7.3 Launch the icons Graphic Editor program The Program launches without Software from either the Start Menu I GS_IGE error. Installation entry or the desktop shortcut. Verification. Close the program. The program shuts down correctly. 7.3.1 Launch the icons ITMS Client program The Program launches without Software from either the Start Menu I Icons I error. Installation ICONS entry or the desktop shortcut. Verification. Close the program. The program shuts down correctly. Page 23 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ®ECONOLITE C [l N T R O L P R O G Y C T 9, 1 N G. SpecScatioR Task Plumber Reference Item Action ResW[ PassBail Comments OPERATION 6.1 Computer Boot the computer. The computer boots normally to Startup. WindowsO NT Workstation. 8.1.1 Computer Log- Log -on to the computer with a valid user The Windows Desktop appears. On. name and password. 8.2 LAN Using the PING command, ping the The ICONSFS computer replies Connection. ICONSFS computer. to the ping command correctly. 8.3 Launch the icons Graphic Editor program The Program launches without Software from either the Start Menu I GS_IGE error. Installation entry or the desktop shortcut. Verification. Close the program. The program shuts down correctly. 8.3.1 Launch the icons ITMS Client program The Program launches without Software from either the Start Menu I Icons I error. Installation ICONS entry or the desktop shortcut. Verification. Close the program. The program shuts down correct, . Page 24 of 73 ECONOLITE System Acceptance Test Procedure S SM1111111 C C N T R O L PRODUCTS, 1 N C. City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 Task Number Specification Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments ieons GRAPHIC EDITOR FUNCTIONTALITY 9.1 Launch the icons Graphic Editor program The program starts without error Program Start using either the desktop shortcut or from and the Graphic Editor the start menu. workspace window opens. 9.2 WMF File Click on the Utilities I WMF option. The Open WMF File selection Conversion. box appears. 9.2.1 Double-click on the Data and then The Save WMF file as IGE WMF File double-click on the WMF folder to open window opens. Conversion. it Select the QUAD4444.WMF file and click the Open button. 9.2.2 Enter a valid file name to save the After a moment, a message box WMF File converted file as including the ILX appears stating "Conversion Conversion. extension. Click on the Save button. Finished". Click on OK. 9.2.3 WMF File Open the IGE file just created. The file successfully opens. Conversion. 9.3 Editor Group Click on the Edit I Select All function. Selection boxes appear around eration -Group every object in the drawing. 9.3.1 Click on the Edit I function. Nothing appears to happen. Editor Group Operation. Click on the Home view button. The selection boxes disappear and the display returns to the Home View. 9.3.2 Editor Group Click on an object that is part of the A single selection box appears Operation. graphic. around the entire graphic. 9A Graphic Double-click on any part of the graphic. The Graphic Attributes box Attributes. opens. 9.4.1 Graphic Change the Layer for the graphic to The Attributes window closes. Attributes. Layer 2 and click OK. 9.5 Click on File I Layers to open the Layer The window opens showing the Layering properties window. individual layers On/Off and Functions. Selectability settings. Verify that Layer 2 is not selectable. Page 25 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ®ECONOUTE IIIIIIIINVI C C N T P C L P R O D U C T B. I N C. Task Number specification Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 9.5.1 Layering Double-click on any part of the graphic The window will not open and Functions. display to open the Graphic Attributes selection marks are not visible window on the graphic. 9.5.2 Click the setting for Layer 2 Selectability Selection marks appear on the and then double-click on any part of the graphic and the Graphic Layering graphic display to open the Graphic Attributes window opens. Functions. Attributes window. Close the Graphics Attributes window. 9.5.3 Layering Click Off the Layer Visibility setting for The Graphic disappears from the Functions. Layer 2. screen. 9.5.4 Click the Layer 2 Visibility setting back The graphic appears on the Layering On and click the Selectability setting Off. screen. Functions. Close the Layer Attributes window. The Layer Attributes window closes. 9.6 File I Save Click on File Save or click the Tool Bar The graphic is saved to disk - Function. button to save the graphic. 9.7 File I Close Click on File Close to close the Graphic The IGE Workspace clears. Function. File. 9.8 Click on File Open. An Open File window appears. A graphic opens with a Blue File I Open Move to the C:\Program Files\Gardner background containing the word Function. Systems\IGE\Data\Graphics\ folder and "Label' at a 45-degree angle. select the NEW.ILX file. Click on Open too en the file. 9.9 Library File Click on the Library Menu item. A window opens to select the Function. Library file too en. 9.9.1 Library File Browse the folders and locate the file A new window opens containing Function. previously createas a graphic and select p y d g P the graphic selected. it. Click on the Open button. Page 26 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 e ECONOLITE C O N T P O L ............. Task Number Specification Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 9.9.2 Click on and "drag -and -drop" the graphic The graphic is successfully Note: depending on the from the library window into the main placed in the new window. original scale of the library Library File graphic window. graphic, it may be necessary to Function. use the Home View button to observe the graphic in the New drawing. 9.10 Graphic Double click on the imported graphic and The graphic is scaled down to Attributes enter a scale value of 10 /o in the 10 /o of its original size. Scaling function. Graphic Attributes Scale box and click OK. 9.10.1 Graphic Double Double click on the imported graphic and The graphic is scaled down to Attributes a scale value of 95% in the 95% of its previous size. Scaling function. Graphic Attributes Scale box and click OK. 9.11 Drag the imported graphic onto the The Graphic is moved and now Note: use the Home View "Blue" background area and place it in lies on top of the background Tool Button to re -size the Object the center of the background. field. display and repeat this step as Placement. many times as necessary to When finished placing the graphic, use place the graphic where the Graphic Attributes window to place desired. the graphic on Layer 2. 9.11.1 Object Drag -and -Drop graphic symbols (arrows, Objects are successfully placed Placement. etc.) from the default library palette onto on the new graphic. the graphic. 9.12 Double-click on each graphic symbol The symbols are correctly Note: refer to the iconsTM Object placed in the previous step and assign its defined and linked to the Graphic Editor Manual for a Definition. Object Reference Type to Signal, appropriate attribute. list of the valid Icon Data Object Reference Number to a valid Types. Signal Number, and Icon Data Ty e. 9.13 r Text Placement Use the Utilities I Label Menu item or A Label Attributes window Function. the Add Text Tool Button and then opens. I double-click on the graphic. Page 27 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 W' ECONOLITE aa� C C N T P C L P P n C V C T B. I N C. Task Number Spec cation Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments Reference 9.13.1 Enter the following values: The text entered as the Label Font Width = 25 definition appears on the Text Placement Font Height = 50 graphic. Function. Font = Arial Black Then enter appropriate text for the Label and click OK. 9.13.2 Drag the text to a selected location on the The Text String is moved to a Text Placement graphic. Repeat the previous step to new location on the Graphic. Function. place as much test as desired in the graphic. 9.14 Click on Utilities I Bitmap and then A Bitmap Attributes box opens. double-click on an area of the graphic display. Click on the Open BMP File button. An Open BMP File window Bitmap appears. Functions Browse to the C:\Program Files\Gardner The display returns to the System\Icons\Data\Bitmaps folder and Bitmap Attributes box. select the CitySeal.bmp file and click on the Open button. Select Layer 6 to place the bitmap on in The bitmap appears in the the La ertt box and click OK. graphic. 9.14.1 Bitmap Click and drag the bitmap to the desired The bitmap moves to the desired Functions location on the graphic. The bitmap may location. also be stretched as desired. 9.15 Use the File I Save As menu item to save The file is saved. Note: insure that "sig" is lower File I Save As the new graphic. For the Graphic File "sigXXX.ilx" case and that there are no Function. Name use where XXX is spaces between "sig" and the the Signal ID number used to assign the number. graphic objects in the previous steps. 9.16 Print Function Print the Graphic on the system printer. The graphic prints correctly. 9.17 File I Exit Close the Graphic Editor Program. The program shuts down Function. normally without creating an error. 9.18 Graphic Copy or move the newly created graphic The file is successfully moved. Functionality. to the "..Icons\Data\Gra hics\" folder. Page 28 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 N ECONOLITE aaaa� C C N T R C L P R 2 C U C T C, 1 N C. Task Number Spec cation Rem Action Result Pass/Fail Comments Reference 9.18.1 Using Windows Notepad, open the The file opens as a text file. graphic file just created. Scroll through the file and locate the line containing the path to the bitmap file placed into the graphic and change the path to read:..\Bitmaps\Cityseal.bmp and then save the modified file and close Notepad. 9.18.2 Start the icons ITMS Client program and The new graphic opens in the log on to the GUI. icons workspace without Graphic Use the Object Selection Menu and generating an error condition. Functionality. Monitor I Devices menu selections to select and open the newly created Graphic Display. 9.18.3 Observe the graphic operation and The graphic display is correct. Note: proper operation of the displays and verify that the graphic graphic in this step is Graphic correctly represents the actual operation dependent on reliable Functionality. of the selected controller. communications to the selected field controller and correct operation of the ATMS System. Page 29 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ®ECONOLITE ANNISCONTROL PRODUCTS, 1 N C. Task Number specification Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments FUNCTIONALITY10 icons GUI 10.1 Windows 2000 operating Windows 2000 Visual inspection. normally 10.1.1 Windows 2000 Double click on the icons shortcut on the icons Client program is Desktop. launched. 10.12 icons Startup Visual inspection. The icons startup screen appears with progress bar on the bottom. 10.1.3 The icons GUI appears with the icons Startup Visual inspection Greenville Main System Map displayed. 10.1.4 Confirmation of Communications Visual inspection. icons logo at upper -right corner with User shows pulsing eye dot. Interface 10.1.5 The workspace screen (with only the File menu selection Sign On Visual inspection. available) appears when the icons Client is successfully launched. 10.1.6 Sign On Click once on File menu item on Menu A dropdown File menu appears. Bar. 10.1.7 Sign On Click once on Sign On. A Sign On screen appears. 10.1.8 Type a valid user name and password into Sign On the appropriate spaces and click once on All items on the menu selections the "OK" button. become available. Page 30 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 W' ECONOLITE n O N C T S. 1 N C. Teak Number Spec�cadon Reference Item Action ResWr Pass/Fail Comments 10.2 The map is correctly displayed Main System and covers the entire system Map Visual inspection. area. Objects (arrows) are displayed on the map for each Si nal [hat is art of the system. 10.2.1 Main System Point at each object on the map and verify The pop-up text box contains the Map that a text box appears with the Object ID correct ID Number and Number and Description for each item. Description for each object.. 10.2.1.1 Verify that the map arrows are Main System Visual inspection. changing color (Green and Red) Ma Display P P Y for each signal operating on the system. 10.2.1.2 Locate the map object representing the The display is correct. Main System test controller (SIG#9998) and verify that Map Display the color changes correspond to the programmed phasing. 10.2.1.3 Main System Create a Communication Fault with the The Map Arrow changes color to Map Display Test Controller. Blue when the communication fault is detected. 10.2.1.4 Main System Restore Communications to the controller The Map Arrow changes color to Map Display and cause the controller to go into Flash. Orange and begins to blink when the controller enters Flash. 10.2.1.5 Restore the controller to normal The Map Arrow changes colors Main System operation. to match the programmed Map Display phasing when the controller exits the Flash mode. 10.2.2 Area Maps Select Monitor I System Maps. A System Map selection box is displayed . is la ed. 10.2.2.1 I I Area Maps Select the CBD map and click OK I The CBD Area Ma a ears. Page 31 of 73 Proposal City of Fort Collins, Colorado Advanced Traffic Management System Proposal No. P-788 Submitted By: o ¢ µ —Ti;, 157-4 Q, Q, o, o, u o r. a, i M. a. 3360 East LaPalma Ave. Anaheim, California 92806 Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 • Econolite ASC/2S Series NEMA with NTCIP • Econolite ASC/2S Series NEMA with AB3418+ • 2070 controllers with Econolite ASC/2070 controller software, with NTCIP protocol. (available fall 2001) ■ 2070 controllers with Siemens GTS NextPhase controller software, with A133418E protocol. Assuming either NEMA or 207OLN controllers are used, the City of Fort Collins' existing NEMA cabinets could be reused with some minor upgrades or modifications. In spite of ASC/2S controller capabilities, our controllers are remarkably easy to program and operate. Backed by Econolite's industry -leading warranties, the Econolite family of hardware has been designed for easy maintenance. An interface for competitive controllers can be provided (optional) assuming that the City of Fort Collins provides Econolite with the protocol or NTCIP MIB information for the Proposed controller and obtains an appropriate license from the manufacturer of the proposed controller to allow use of the protocol or NTCIP MIB information in the supplied system. Database integration and possible protocol development will be required for each controller type added to the system. The ASC/2S series controllers offer a unique combination of features to solve the most demanding traffic control problems. Major advances include 12 phases, alternative vehicle extension times for peak traffic conditions, dynamic max green capability, flexible coordination, preemption, and time -of -day capabilities, 64 vehicle detectors, adjustable max times for malfunctioning detectors, special bicycle detectors, dilemma zone detectors and extensive logging and diagnostic features including direct reporting of TS2 detector diagnostics. The coordinator incorporates automatic calculation of yield Point, permissives, and force -offs, thus greatly simplifying the implementation and optimization of coordinated timing plans. The ASC/2S-2100, TS-2 controller is our latest development in the ASC family of controllers. It will provide the City of Fort Collins with a solid platform for addressing traffic control needs today and in the foreseeable future. The ASC/2S as proposed in this proposal, combines 21 years of field proven performance with leading -edge technology. This controller also represents the culmination of twenty-eight years of development by Econolite in the area of microprocessor -based traffic control. Over 15,000 controllers in the ASC/2 and ASC/2S family have been shipped to hundreds of satisfied customers throughout the world. No other manufacturer can claim to have the same amount of experience in the design and manufacture of TS2 controllers than Econolite. Econolite has prided itself on being the leader in the creation and adoption of the NEMA TS2 specification. This leading edge philosophy allowed us to be the first in the industry to supply TS2 Type 1 and Type 2 cabinets. In fact, Econolite was the sole supplier of TS2 cabinets for over 3 years. Only recently have other manufacturers begun to design, manufacture, and sell TS2 cabinets. With thousands of cabinets installed and operational, Section 2 — System Functional Description Page 2-1 I System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 W ECONOLTE I C C Y C T B. 1 N C. Task Number SpecJcation Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.2.2.2 Verify that the map signal symbols are changing color (Green and Red) for each signal Area Maps Visual inspection. shown on the map and that any other graphic symbols shown are correct for the current signal conditions. 10.2.2.3 Area Maps Click the "M" accelerator button. The display returns to the Main System Map. 10.2.3 Double-click on the arrow for signal The intersection graphic for the Intersection #9998 (Test Controller). test controller appears in a new Graphics window on top of the Main System Ma . 10.2.3.1 The phase indications are Intersection Verify correct Green and Red phase correct. Graphics indications for each active phase as the The Status I Current Patten tab controller cycles. display indicates the correct current pattern. 10.2.3.2 The Communication Fault Intersection Create Communication Fault with Signal graphic symbol appears and Graphics #9998 (Test Controller). flashes (red) on the graphic. The Status I Current Patten tab dis la indicates Comm. Fail. 10.2.3.3 The Phase Green indications on Intersection Restore communications to the controller the graphic begin to flash Orange when the controller Graphics and cause the controller to enter a Flash enters the Flash mode. mode. The Status I Current Patten tab display indicates Flash. 10.2.3.4 The Detector Fault graphic Intersection Restore the controller to normal operation symbol appears and flashes (red) on the graphic. Graphics and create a Detector Fault condition on the controller. The Status I Current Patten tab display indicates the correct current pattern. Page 32 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure ®ECONOLITE aaa� C O N T g O L p g 0 0 0 C T H. 1 N C. City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 Task Number Spe, 11i Ron eefrence Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.2.3.5 The Preempt graphic symbol Intersection Clear the Detector Fault and cause the appears and flashes (red) on the Graphics controller to enter a Preempt sequence. graphic. The Status I Current Patten tab indicates Free. 10.2.3.E _display The Coordinator Alarm graphic symbol appears and flashes (red) Intersection After the controller returns to normal on the graphic when the Graphics operation, create a condition to generate a condition occurs. Coordinator Alarm. The Status I Current Patten tab display indicates the correct current pattern. 10.2.3.7 The Detector Presence graphic Clear the Coordinator Alarm condition on symbol appears on the graphic Intersection the controller. Apply detector calls to the for the selected detector when Graphics p controller via its hardware inputs and the input is activated. verify proper display on the intersection The Status I Current Patten tab graphic. display indicates the correct current pattern. 10.2.3.8 Intersection Activate one of the Preempt inputs to the The intersection graphic icons Graphics controller to cause a Preempt Event t p to indicate that the controller is in occur. preempt (Fire Truck and/or Railroad Engine symbols). 10.2.3.9 Observe the Preempt/Priority status box The correct preemptor is Intersection in the lower right comer of the indicated. Graphics intersection display and verify that the indication is correct for the active preemptor on the controller. 10.2.3.10 Intersection Close the intersection graphic for the Test The graphic closes. Graphics Controller. 10.2.3.11 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Signal #_ Verify that the graphic The graphic correctly depicts the Intersection correctly depicts the actual intersection intersection. Graphics layout. Verify that the graphic indicates The graphic indications appear the expected operation of the intersection correct for the current controller. intersection operation. Page 33 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 EGONOUTE aaaa10C O N T R O L P N O O Y C T 9, 1 N C. Task Number I Speescation Reference Item Action ResWt Pass�F'ail Comments 10.23.12 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Signal # . Verify that the graphic The graphic correctly depicts the Intersection correctly depicts the actual intersection intersection. Graphics layout. Verify that the graphic indicates The graphic indications appear the expected operation of the intersection correct for the current controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.13 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic correctly depicts the Intersection correctly depicts the actual intersection intersection. Graphics layout. Verify that the graphic indicates The graphic indications appear the expected operation of the intersection correct for the current controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.14 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic correctly depicts the Intersection correctly depicts the actual intersection intersection. Graphics layout. Verify that the graphic indicates The graphic indications appear the expected operation of the intersection correct for the current controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.15 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Signal #_ Verify that the graphic The graphic correctly depicts the Intersection correctly depicts the actual intersection intersection. Graphics layout. Verify that the graphic indicates The graphic indications appear the expected operation of the intersection correct for the current controller. intersection o eration. 10.2.3.16 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic correctly depicts the Intersection correctly depicts the actual intersection intersection. Graphics layout. Verify that the graphic indicates The graphic indications appear the expected operation of the intersection correct for the current controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.17 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. Page 34 of 73 ' System Acceptance Test Procedure ECONOLITE City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System C. Version 1.0 Task clamber SpecJcation Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.2.3.18 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.19 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #_ Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.20 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation' 10.2.3.21 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.22 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.23 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.24 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #_ Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.25 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation 10.2.3.26 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. Page 35 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 W ECONOLITE aaaa� C C N T R [I L P R 0 0 0 G T R, 1 N C. Task Number Spedfu:atiou Reference Item Action Remit Pass/Fait Comments 10.2.3.27 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation' 10.2.3.28 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.29 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation, 10.2.3.30 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #= Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection o eration. 10.2.3.31 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.32 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.33 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.34 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection o eration. 10.2.3.35 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. Page 36 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 7NECONOLITE C C N T R C l P R O O V C T 8, 1 N C. Task Number Specification Reference Item Action ResWt Pass/Fail Comments 10.23.36 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.37 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.38 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.39 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation, 10.2.3.40 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.41 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.42 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #_ Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.43 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.44 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal # Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. Page 37 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 roECONOUTE aaaal C O N T R O L P R O O U C T 9. 1 N C. Task Nnmber specification Reference Item Action ResW[ PxasBail Comments 10.2.3.45 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation 10.2.3.46 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.47 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller, intersection operation. 10.2.3.48 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.49 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #_. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.50 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #_. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation 10.2.3.51 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.52 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #_ Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. 10.2.3.53I Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #_. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection o eration. Page 38 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ECONOLITE aaaaal C O N T P O l PR O O U C T B. 1 N C. Task Number Specification Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fa0 Comments 10.2.3.54 Double-click on the Main Map Arrow for The Intersection Graphic opens. Intersection Signal #_. Verify that the graphic The graphic indications appear Graphics indicates the expected operation of the correct for the current intersection controller. intersection operation. Page 39 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure ®ECONOLITE City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System aSSSS C O N T R O L PRODUCTS, 1 N C. Version 1.0 Task Number Specification Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fad Comments 10.3 System Status Report Select Monitor I System Status. A System Status window is 10.3.1 Verify that all the controllers are shown -displayed. The display is correct. System Status with the corresponding patterns that are Report active for each controller in the status column. 10.3.1.1 System Status Use `Filters' to generate various system Various reports are able to be Report status reports. generated. 10.3.1.2 If a system printer is correctly System Status Report print the Sys[em Status Report connected to the workstation, the System Status Report will be Tinted. 10.3.2 Communication Select Monitor I Comm Status. A Comm Status window is Status R ort dis la ed. 10.3.2.1 Communication Verify that all controllers are shown with Status Report the corresponding communication status The display is correct. in the status column. 10.3.2.2 Communication Use `Filters' to generate various Various reports are able to be Status Report communications status reports, generated. 10.3.2.3 If a system printer is correctly Communication Status Report print the Communication Status Report. on connected to the workstation, the Communication Status Report will be rioted. 10.3.3 Event Log An Event Log window g appears Reports Select Monitor I Event Log. for all objects connected to the s stem. 10.3.3.1 Event Log Use `Filters' to generate various event log Various reports are able to be Reports r orts. enerated. 10.3.3.2 If a system printer is correctly Event Log Reports print the Event Log report. connected to the workstation, the Event Log Report will be Tinted. 10.3.3.3 Event Log Select the Signal Phase Data log and Reports I Apply Filter. The Signal Phase Data log. Page 40 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ®ECONOI_ITE C O N T g C L P R .... T B, 1 N C. Task Number Specification Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.3.3.4 Event Log Use `Filters' to generate various event log Various reports are able to be Reports reports. generated. 103.3.5 If a system printer is correctly Event Log Print the Signal Phase Data report. connected to the workstation, the Reports Event Log Report will be Tinted. Page 41 of 73 Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 Econolite can proudly claim to be the largest and most experience TS-2 manufacturer in the industry. At the present time Caltrans has not published a Qualified Products List (QPL) for the 2070 controller. The 2070 standard is still undergoing technical changes. Different vendors have different versions of a 2070 including Econolite. Siemens GTS NextPhase software is operational on various manufactures 2070 including Econolite's. Econolite will offer its ASC/2070 software in the 3rd quarter of 2001. The ASC/2070 software is ported from our highly successful ASC/2S controller software for use in the 2070. To fully realize the potential of the traffic management system, it is essential for City of Fort Collins to commit to control equipment with support for NTCIP which will provide superior value, technical capability for demanding traffic control situations, and the ultimate in traffic safety. The equipment must also be well supported by its manufacturer throughout the life of the traffic management system. Given the long life of solid state traffic control hardware, a modern controller should provide maximum functionality and avoid premature obsolescence. The Econolite ASC/2S controller meets the latest technical standard endorsed by the International Municipal Signal Association and the NEMA TS2-1998 Standard for Traffic Controller Assemblies. Transit Signal Priority can be provided in the system through use of optional software in Econolite's ASC/2S controller (currently supported only by the AB3418+ protocol). Features of this software include: • Transit priority will only be allowed only during coordinated operation. When active, transit priority will increase the green time provided to phases serving bus movements without adverse impacts to signal coordination. Transit priority requests are the lowest priority of preemption available in the controller. If the controller is serving Transit priority, it will be overridden by a call for railroad or emergency vehicle preemption. Likewise, transit priority calls will not be served while the controller is serving higher priority preemption demand. Four pairs of transit priority detector inputs, numbered 1-2, 3-4, 5-6, and 7-8, shall be provided for check -in and check-out. • Coordinated phases are permitted to start earlier than normal ("Early Green") or end later than normal ("Extended Green") in the local signal cycle. In either case, the background cycle length will be maintained by shortening selected non -coordinated phases. Early Green or Extended Green, but not both, will be allowed to lengthen the coordinated signal phases during any one -signal cycle. • Transit Signal Priority will not be allowed two cycles in a row at any one intersection. Refer to the Appendix for further information on the ASC/2 Series controller Transit Signal Priority capabilities. VMS — 330 Interface (optional) In order to provide the City of Fort Collins with a logical migration path from their existing Multisonics VMS-330 central system, icons provides an optional interface to VMS-330 system. This interface has the capability to extract real-time data from the VMS-330 with approximately one -second accuracy. This information is then displayed Section 2 - System Functional Description Page 2-12 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ®ECONOLITE O D LI C T B. 1 N C. specification Task Number Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments Reference 10.4 Controller The ASC/2 Database Editor Database Select Params I DB Editor. window appears. Functions 10.4.1 Controller Select Communication I Upload From A window appears with the Database Controller. intersection names. Functions 10.4.1.1 A window showing upload progress from the Central Database appears and closes Controller Highlight Intersection #9998 and click on followed by a window showing Database "Load". upload progress from the Functions Controller. A window containing 7 tabs of controller parameters appears when the upload is complete. 10.4.1.2 Controller Click on each tab and sub -tab and verify Database each parameter is the same as in the Control and database parameters Functions controller. are identical. 10.4.1.3 Controller Select File I Store Controller to A window showing the Save Database Database, click "Yes" to save. progress appears and closes after Functions com letion. 10.4.1.4 Controller Select Utilities I Compare Controller, Observe the changes are Database and make a few changes on to the Functions parameters on the right side. highlighted in yellow. 10.4.1.5 Controller Select Utilities Restore Database Data, Observe all highlighted Database click "Yes" to restore. parameter values are reset to Functions original values. 10.4.1.6 Controller Database In the Controller tab, change Phase 2 Phase 2 Minimum Green Time is Functions Minimum Green Time to 30. set to 30. 10.4.1.7 Controller Select Communication ( Download to A window showing download Database Controller, click "Yes" to begin progress appears and closes after Functions download. completion. Page 42 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 � ECONOLITE ..................... Task Number Specification Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.4.1.8 Controller Database On the ASC/2, press [Main Menu] -) [2. Verify Phase 2 Minimum Green Functions Controller] 4 [1.Timing]. Time is 30. 10.4.1.9 Controller Select UtilitiesRestore Database Data, Observe Phase 2 Minimum Database click "Yes" to restore. Green Time parameter value is Functions reset to its original value. 10.4.1.10 Controller Select Communication I Download to A window showing download Database Controller, click "Yes" to begin progress appears and closes after Functions download. completion. 10.4.2 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is successfully Database. saved. 10.4.2.1 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.2 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.3 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.4 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. Page 43 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 § ECONOLITE � C [1 N T q [I L P R O [I tl G T B. I N C. Task Number specification Reference Item Action Result Pus/Fail Comments 10.4.2.5 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.6 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.7 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.8 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.9 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.10 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.11 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. Page 44 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 W' ECONOLITE � C O N T P O L P P C C U C T 9. 1 N C. Spectfwatim Task Number Reference ttem Action ResWt Pass/Fail Comments 10.4.2.12 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.13 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.14 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.15 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.16 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.17 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.18 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. Page 45 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 � ECONOLITE Specification Task Nmober Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.4.2.19 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.20 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.21 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity, for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.22 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.23 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.24 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.25 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. Page 46 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure FIECONOLITE aaaa� C [I N T R [I L P R O 0 V G T B. 1 N C. City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 specification Task Number Item Action Result Pass/Fail Conuneuts Reference 10.4.2.26 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.27 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.28 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.42.29 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.230 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.31 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.32 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. Page 47 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 N ECONOLITE C O N T R O L P R O O Y C T B. I N C. Specification Task Number Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments Reference 10.4.2.33 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.34 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.35 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.36 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.37 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.38 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.39 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. Page 48 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ®ECONOLITE aaaaal C O N T R O L P R O D U C T 9, 1 N C. Task Number Spec cation Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments Reference 10.4.2.40 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.41 Upload the controller database from The database is uploaded. Controller Signal #_. Review the database and The database appears to be valid Database Upload verify its validity. for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.2.42 Save the uploaded database to the Central The database is uploaded. Controller Database. The database appears to be valid Database Upload for this signal. The database is successfully saved. 10.4.3 Select a Signal associated with Controller Communications Channel 1 and The database is successfully Database download the controller database to the downloaded. Download controller. Record the selected signals ID Number in the comments column. 10.4.3.1 Select a Signal associated with Controller Communications Channel 2 and The database is successfully Database download the controller database to the downloaded. Download controller. Record the selected signals ID Number in the comments column. 10.4.3.2 Select a Signal associated with Controller Communications Channel 3 and The database is successfully Database download the controller database to the Download controller. Record the selected signals ID downloaded. Number in the comments column. 10.4.3.3 Select a Signal associated with Controller Communications Channel 4 and The database is successfully Database download the controller database to the downloaded. Download controller. Record the selected signals ID Number in the comments column. Page 49 of 73 uuuuu System Acceptance Test Procedure W ECONOLITE uuuuu C C N T R C L R R C G U C T B. 1 N C. City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 Task Number specification Item Action Reference Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.4.3.4 Select a Signal associated with Controller Communications Channel 1 and Database download the controller database to the The database is successfully Download controller. Record the selected signals ID downloaded. Number in the comments column. 10.4.3.5 Select a Signal associated with Controller Communications Channel 2 and Database download the controller database to the The database is successfully Download controller. Record the selected signals ID downloaded. Number in the comments column. 10.4.3.6 Select a Signal associated with Controller Communications Channel 3 and Database download the controller database to the The database is successfully Download controller. Record the selected signals ID downloaded. Number in the comments column. 10.4.3.7 Select a Signal associated with Controller Communications Channel 4 and Database download the controller database to the The database is successfully Download controller. Record the selected signals ID downloaded. Number in the comments column. 10.4.4 Controller Database Select Monitor I Controller Database A Controller Database Comparison Comparison Results. Comparison Results window Report appears. 10.4.4.1 Controller Various reports can be Database Use `Filters' to generate various generated. Comparison comparison results displays. Report Page 50 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure W ECONOLITE � C O N T R O L PRODUCTS, 1 N C. City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 Task Number Specification Reference I[em Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.5 Traffic Control Select Control Manual Assignment The Manual Assignment GUI Functions window opens. 10.5.1 Manual Click on "Insert Row". Observe a row appears in the Assignment Entitv box. 10.5.1.1 Mangy Click on the "Entity" window. Observe a dropdown menu Assi en[ appears. 10.5.1.2 Manual Select SIG#9998. Observe it is added to the Entity Assi nment and Entity Description Boxes. 10.5.1.3 Manual Click on the "Action" window. Observe a dropdown menu Assignment a ears. 10.5.1.4 Manual Select "PAT:". Observe PAT: is entered in the Assignment Action window. 10.5.1.5 Manual Enter "3" from the keyboard. Observe PAT:3 is entered. Assignment 10.5.1.6 Manual Click on the "Start Date" and "Start Assignment Time" windows to set the current time Observe the current time and and date. date. 10.5.1.7 Manual Using the lower window slide bar, scroll Assignment across the screen and set "Duration" to Observe 15 is entered. 15 minutes. 10.5.1.8 Manual Click on "Apply" and "OK". Observe this action closes the Assignment Manual window. 10.5.1.9 Active A window opens showing the Configuration Select Control I Active Config. current Active Commands for Display the s stem. 10.5.1.10 Active Observe the manual plan in the "Active The box shows the Manual Plan Configuration Manual Override command" box. just entered. Display 10.5.1.11 Active Click on OK or CANCEL to close the The display returns to the icons Configuration display. worp workspace. Display 10.5.1.12 Manual Click on Monitor I System Status. serve Observe SIG#9998 is running Assignment on 10.5.1.13 Manual Click Close to close the System Status The System Status window Assignment display. closes. Page 51 of 73 Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 on the icons map along with other data from controllers directly connected to icons. It should be noted that for icons to support this interface, the file server for VMS-330 must have been upgraded to DFS-NT version. The following table presents the data elements that are extracted and displayed on the icons map. This interface does not allow the user to upload/download timing plan parameters or command plan changes to controllers connected to VMS-330. The VMS- 330 system's menu -driven interface can be used on any workstation on the network including an icons Graphical User Interface Workstation by using the IDC supplied "V- Term" program. TABLE 3.1: LIST OF VMS-330 nATA Fr VA, Xrme n�, ..,...� .... ___,__ ...._ Section 2 — System Functional Description Page 2-13 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 S ECONOLITE ENEWCO NTROL PRODUCTS. 1 N C. Task Number SpecRication Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail comments 10.5.2 Observe that a TOD Schedule TOD Schedule Select Setup I TOD Schedule. GUI opens to enter TOD schedule parameters. 10.5.2.1 Click once on Add in the TOD Schedule Observe that an Enter TOD Schedule dialog box. Description dialog box opens to check a Master box and request a number and description. 10.5.2.2 Check the Master box and enter number Observe that this information is TOD Schedule "1" and description "Schedule 1" and displayed in the upper left hand click on OK. side corner of the TOD Schedule dialog box. 10.5.2.3 Click once on Insert Row or Append Observe that a new row appears TOD Schedule Row in the TOD Schedule dialog box. m the main grid to enter time -of - day command data. 10.5.2.4 Observe a dropdown menu TOD Schedule Click once in the "Entity" box. appears with a list of System Entities. 10.5.2.5 Observe SIG9998 is entered in TOD Schedule Select Signal #9998 (Test Controller) the "Entity" box and its from the drop -down menu. description appears in the "Entity Description' box. 10.5.2.6 TOD Schedule Select "Action" box. Observe a dropdown menu a ears with a list of functions. 10.5.2.7 TOD Schedule Select "PAT:" — pattern. Observe PAT: is displayed in the Action box. 10.5.2.8 Click on "PAT:" in the Action box. From Observe the pattern is entered. TOD Schedule the keyboard, enter a pattern number, PAT:2. 10.5.2.9 TOD Schedule Click on the START TIME box. Set the Check the time. startup time for PAT:2. 10.5.2.10 TOD Schedule Click on the days of the week for PAT:2 Observe a "�" in the selected to take effect. box. 10.5.2.11 TOD Schedule Click on the STOP TIME box. Set the Check the time. stop time for PAT: 2. 10.5.2.12 TOD Schedule Click on "Apply", then "OK". The TOD Schedule GUI is closed. Page 52 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 0" ECONOLITE aaaa� C O N T N [I l P ........... specification Task Number Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.5.2.13 TOD Schedule Select Control I Active Config. Observe the TOD Plan # is listed. 10.5.2.14 TOD Schedule Click on "OK". The Active Configuration window closes. 10.5.2.15 TOD Schedule Click on Monitor I System Status. Observe SIG#9998 is running PAT:2. 10.5.2.16 TOD Schedule Click on "OK". The System Status window closes. 10.5.2.17 TOD Schedule Click on Setup I TOD Schedule. Observe TOD Schedule window appears. 10.5.2.18 Observe that data entry rows in Click once inside one or more boxes the main grid of the TOD TOD Schedule within the Filter section of the TOD Schedule dialog box Schedule dialog box. appear/disappear based on selection/de-selection of entity boxes. 10.5.2.19 Observe that an Enter Click once on Modify in the TOD Description dialog box opens to TOD Schedule Schedule dialog box display previously saved information under number "TOD: 1". 10.5.2.20 Observe that the modified TOD Schedule Modify information as desired and click information is displayed in the on OK. upper left hand side comer of the TOD Schedule dialogbox. 10.5.2.21 Observe that data are deleted in TOD Schedule Click once on Delete in the TOD the upper left hand side comer Schedule dialog box and in the main grid of the TOD Schedule dialog box. 10.5.2.22 Click once on Apply then Cancel, or Observe that this action closes TOD Schedule click once on OK in the TOD Schedule the TOD Schedule dialog box. dialog box 10.5.3 Holiday Select Setup I Holiday Assignment Observe that a Holiday Assignment Assignment GUI window opens. Page 53 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure s ECONOLITE � C O N T R O L PRODUCTS, 1 N C. City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 Task Nuouber Specification Item Reference Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.5.3.1 Observe that an Enter Holiday Click once on Add in the Holiday Description dialog box opens to Assignment Assignment dialog box check a Master box and request a number and description. 10.5.3.2 HolidayCheck the Master box and enter number Observe that this information is Assignment "1" and description "Holiday 1" and displayed in the upper left hand click on OK. side comer of the Holiday Assignment dialog box. 10.5.3.3 Holiday Click once on Insert Row or Append Observe that a Select Year Assignment Row in the Holiday Assignment dialog dialog box opens to request a box. year. 10.5.3.4 Enter a year and click on OK. Observe that the year calendar Holiday appears in the Holiday Assignment Assignment dialog box and a new row appears in the Year grid indicating year 10.5.3.5 Holiday Click once on holiday dates in the Observe that the toggled on Assi nment calendar, select today's date. holiday dates are selected. 10.5.3.6 Repeat the steps in the TOD Schedule Holiday section to create a TOD Schedule. A Assignment TOD plan must be setup before a holiday A TOD Schedule is set up. can take effect. 10.5.3.7 Holiday Select Control I Active Configuration, Observe the TOD Plan is Assignment and click "OK". selected. 10.5.3.8 Holiday Select Monitor I System Status. Observe the current patter for Assignment SIG#9998 is the holiday pattern. 10.5.3.9 Holiday Click "OK" The System Status window is Assignment. closed. 10.5.3.10 Holiday Select Setup FTOD Schedule and delete All data is deleted. Assignment all entries. 10.5.3.11 Holiday Click on "A 1 and "OK". pp The TOD Schedule window Assi nment closes. 10.5.3.12 Holiday Select Setup I Holiday Assignment. The Holiday window opens. Assignment Page 54 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure ®ECONOLITE aaaPP C O N T R O L PRODUCT., 1 N O. City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 Task Number Specification Reference Item Action Result PassiTaa Comments 10.5.3.13 Observe that the affected row in Holiday Click once on Delete Row in the Holiday the Year grid and the Assignment Assignment dialog box. corresponding calendar are deleted. 10.5.3.14 Holiday Click once on Apply then Cancel, or Observe that this action closes Assignment click once on OK in the Holiday the Holiday Assignment dialog Assi nment dialog box. box. 10.5.4 Traffic Observe that a Traffic Responsive Select Setup Traffic Responsive. Responsive GUI opens to enter traffic responsive parameters. 10.5.4.1 Observe that an Enter Traffic Responsive Select Setup Traffic ResivAdd ponse . Description dialog box opens to check a Master box and request a number and description. 10.5.4.2 Traffic Check the Master box and enter number Observe that this information is Responsive "1" and description "Traffic Resp 1" and displayed in the upper left hand click on OK. side comer of the Traffic Res onsive dialog box. 10.5.4.3 Traffic Click once on Apply then Cancel, or Observe that this action closes Responsive click once on OK in the Traffic the Traffic Responsive dialog Responsive dialog box, box. 10.5.4.4 Observe that the Traffic Responsive dialog box opens to Traffic Responsive Select Setup Traffic Responsive. display previously saved information under number "TRS:1" and the description "Traffic Page 55 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ""' ECONOUTE Task Number SpecJcation Reference Item Action ResWt Pass/Fail Comments 10.5.4.5 Click once on Insert Detector or Observe that a new row appears Append Detector in the Traffic Flow in the Traffic flow Parameters Parameters section of the Traffic section to enter detector data for Responsive dialog box. up to ten levels of traffic. Click once on the Detector cell to open a Observe that the detector and its drop down box for selection of a detector description are shown in the Traffic and select Detector 1. Detector and Entity Description Responsive boxes and a Weight of 100 is shown. Enter Level Data starting with 200 and The entered values are shown in incrementing by 200 for each of the their respective boxes. Levels. Enter a "K" factor of 100. Enter data for Change Threshold - 10, Detector Quality - 90, and Calculation Interval - 5. 10.5.4.6 Click once on Insert Entity or Append Observe that a new row appears Entity in the Timing Plans section of the in the Timing Plans section to Traffic Responsive dialog box. enter entity data and an action for up to ten levels of traffic. Traffic Click once on the Entity cell to open a Observe that SIG #9998 and its Responsive drop down box for selection of an Entity description are shown in the and select SIG#9998. Entity and Entity Description boxes. Enter Level Data for each of the Levels The entered values are shown in selecting PAT:1 for Level I and their respective boxes. increasin by one attern per level. 10.5.4.7 Traffic Click once on OK. The Traffic Responsive window Responsive closes. 10.5.4.8 Observe that the Traffic Traffic Select Setup I Traffic Responsive. Responsive GUI opens to Responsive display previously saved information. Page 56 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ®ECONOLITE aaaa� G O N T P O L P ........... specification Task Number Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.5.4.9 Observe that data entry rows in the Traffic Flow Parameters and Traffic Click once inside one or more boxes Timing Plans sections of the Responsive within the Filter section of the Traffic Traffic Responsive GUI Responsive dialog box. appear/disappear based on selection/de-selection of entity boxes. 10.5.4.10 Traffic Click once on Apply then Cancel, or Observe that this action closes Responsive click once on OK in the Traffic the Traffic Responsive dialog Responsive dialog box. box. 10.5.4.11 Traffic Modify the current TOD Schedule or The schedule is created or Responsive create a new schedule to implement modified. Traffic Responsive Plan 1. 10.5.4.12 Traffic Double-click on the Main Map arrow for The intersection graphic for the Responsive SIG#9998. Test Controller opens. 10.5.4.13 Traffic Observe the graphic, Tab Data for Status The method changes to TRS: 1 Responsive I Current Method and Pattern. and the pattern changes to 5. 10.5.4.14 Traffic Close the graphic for SIG#9998. The graphic closes. Responsive 10.5.5 Observe that an Action Set Action Set Editor Select Setup I Action Set Editor. Editor dialog box opens to enter action set arameters. 10.5.5.1 Observe that an Enter Action Set Editor Click once on Add in the Action Set Description dialog box opens to Editor dialog box. check a Master box and request a number and description. 10.5.5.2 Check the Master box and enter number Observe that this information is Action Set Editor "V and description "Test Set V and displayed in the upper left hand click on OK. side comer of the Action Set Editor dialogbox. 10.5.5.3 Click once on Insert Row or Append Observe that a new row appears Action Set Editor Row in the Action Set Editor dialog box. in the list view grid to enter action set command data. Page 57 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 0 ECONOUTE C O N T R CI L P R. G Y C T B. 1 N O. Specscatlo Task Number Referencen Item Action Result Pass/Fafl Comments 10.5.5.4 Click once on the Entity, Entity Observe that actions entered into Action Set Editor Description, or Action cell to open a tree the list view grid will also view box for selection of an entity or appear next to the affected action. entities in the tree view grid. 10.5.5.5 Observe a dropdown menu Action Set Editor Click once in the "Entity" box. appears with a list of System Entities. 10.5.5.6 Observe SIG9998 is entered in Action Set Editor Select Signal #9998 (Test Controller) the "Entity" box and its from the drop -down menu. description appears in the "Entity Description" box. 10.5.5.7 Action Set Editor Click once in the "Action" box. Observe a dropdown menu appears with a list of functions. 10.5.5.8 Action Set Editor Select "FLASH". Observe Flash is displayed in the Action box. 10.5.5.9 Action Set Editor Enter a description in the Description The description is accepted. box. 10.5.5.10 Action Set Editor Observe a " V" in the EN box. The "check mark" is there. 10.5.5.11 Action Set Editor Click on "Apply", then "OK". The Entity box is closed. 10.5.5.12 Action Set Editor Click once on Cancel or OK in the Observe that this action closes Action Set Editor dialog box the Action Set Editor dialog box. 10.5.5.13 Create a Manual Command to implement The command is created. Action Set Editor (Action) SET: 1 with duration of 5 minutes. 10.5.5.14 Action Set Editor Select Monitor System Status. Observe the current pattern for SIG#9998 is the Flash pattern. 10.5.5.15 Action Set Editor Click "OK". The System Status window is closed. 10.5.5.16 Select Setup I Action Set Editor. The Action Set is deleted. Delete the Test Action set by selecting Action Set Editor and deleting each row in the grid display and then deleting the SET: 1 from the u er left hand corner box. 10.5.5.17 Action Set Editor Close the Action Set Editor window. The window closes. Page 58 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 W' ECONOLITE � C O N T F O L PRODUCTS, 1 N C. Task Number Specification Reference Item Action ResWt Pass/FailComments 10.5.6 System TOD Verify that the System TOD Schedule is The schedule is correct. Schedule correct and has no extra or modified steps remaining from testing. 10.5.7 Verify that the System Holiday Schedule The schedule is correct. System Holiday is correct for the current year and has no Schedule extra or modified dates remaining from testing. 10.5.8 System Traffic Verify that the Traffic Responsive Plan The data is correct. Responsive data is correct and has no extra or Plans modified steps /plans remaining from testing. 10.5.9 System Action Verify that the Action Set Plan data is The data is correct. Set Plans correct and has no extra or modified steps / plans remaining from testin . Page 59 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 N ECONOLITE aaaaN C O N T R O L PRODUCTS, 1 N C. Task Number Specification Reference It Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.6 The Alarms and Paging sub - menu appears with the following Alarms and Click once on Setup and point at the choices: Paging Alarm and Paging option. • Group Info • Individual Info • Alarm Triggers 10.6.1 The Alarm Individuals window appears with a display box and Alarm Individual Select Setup I Alarms and Paging I buttons for:. Info Individual Info. Add • Edit • Delete • Close 10.6.1.1 Add Button Click on the Add button. The Add Individual window appears. 10.6.1.2 Enter valid information for the selected Click OK to add the new "test individual". Note: the individual individual. Add Individual must be a valid system user and must not The display returns to the Alarm be associated with any other paging Individuals display and the new operations. individual is listed. 10.6.1.3 The Edit Individual window Edit Button Click on the Edit button. appears. The window appears identical to the Add Individual window. 10.6.1.4 The display returns to the Alarm Edit Individual Change one or more entries for the Individuals window. individual and click on OK. The changed entries are dis la ed. 10.6.1.5 Close Button Click on the Close button. The display returns to the icons workspace. Page 60 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure ®ECONOUTE 10000ss C O N T ROL P R O O Y CT EL 1 N C. City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 Task Number Specincatioa Reference Item Action Result Passlind Comments 10.6.2 The Alarm Group window appears with the following action buttons: Alarm Group Select Setup I Alarms and Paging I • Add Info Group Info. a Edit • Delete • Define n Close 10.6.2.1 Add Button Click on the Add button. The Add Group name window opens. 10.6.2.2 Add Group Enter a valid name (atp001) for a new The display returns to the Alarm Name alarm group and click OK. Group window and the new group is listed. 10.6.2.3 Edit Button Click on the Edit button. The Edit Group window appears. 10.6.2.4 The display returns to the Alarm Edit Group Change the Group Name to atp002 and Group window and the group Name click OK. name is changed to the new value. 10.6.2.5 The Define Group:(" ") Define Button Click on the Define button. window opens for the selected ou . 10.6.2.6 Select "Member of Group" members and New members are added to the Define Group"Not Member of Group" members and group and old members are using the Add and Remove buttons, deleted from the group. redefine the group membership. 10.6.2.7 Define Group Click on OK. The display returns to the Alarm Grou s window. 10.6.2.8 Close Button Click on the Close button. The display returns to the icons workspace. 10.6.3 Alarm Tri ers gg Select Setup I Alarms and Paging I The Alarms window opens. Alarm Tri ers. Page 61 of 73 Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 B te# Data Name 36 Data Definition ring status bit map d0-d2 ring 1, d3 unused 40 d4-d6 rin 2, d7 unused command source Numeric 0=default 1=ICU ovrd 2=grp ovrd 3=ICU TIC 41 4= TIC pattern/ Ian num word numer. 42 t,:,.t Advanced Transportation Management System Modules Integrated CCTV Module (optional) The Fort Collins RFP references Closed Circuit Television Cameras. If the optional CCTV module is purchased with the icons system, the City will be able to control cameras and display images on network connected ATMS workstations. The CCTV object window allows the user to select which monitor or video wall display to display video. At this time icons supports Diamond, Kalatel, and COHU Bi-directional protocol cameras. icons CCTV module supports Sierra video and Vicom switches. The Project Team is working with other agencies on other cameras and switches, and plans to support them in the future. This feature would also require additional video support hardware to be added to the ATMS workstations. Integrated DMS Module (optional) The Fort Collins RFP references Dynamic Message Signs. If the optional DMS module is purchased with the icons system, the City will be able to control messages and read the message in effect on network connected ATMS workstations. The DMS object window allows the user to select which preset message will be used or allow the user to change the message by typing in a new message. At this time icons supports NTCIP versions of Telespot, Mark IV, and Addeo DMS signs. The Project Team is working with other agencies on other DMS signs, and plans to support them in the future. Automatic Count Stations The Fort Collins RFP references Automatic Count Stations. At the present time, there is not an industry -accepted definition of an Automatic Count Station. The Data Collection and Monitoring NTCIP working group is working on definitions and features required to provide a standard in this area. The ASC/2S and the 2070 controllers in our proposal, both provide up to 64 detector inputs. These detector inputs can be supplied detector information via conventional loops, the advanced Autoscope Solo Pro, or other detection methods. Each detector input can be stored and sent to icons for viewing or use at a later time. This would include Volume, Occupancy, and Speed. Section 2 — System Functional Description Page 2-14 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 ®ECONOLITE aIIIIIIIN C O NTROL PRODUCTS, 1 N C. Task Number Specification Reference Item AcRon Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.6.3.1 ADD a new Alarm Trigger: The display returns to the Entity ID: SIG#9998 Alarms window. Trigger Event: Reporting_Critical_Alarm A new Alarm Trigger is listed Trigger After: 1 occurrence for the defined event. Alarm Triggers Within: I minute Notify: (select individual performing this test) Type: Heads Up Enable: Checked Click on OK. 10.6.3.2 Create a Critical Alarm by placing the A Heads Up notification is controller in Stop Time for Ring 1 and displayed on the workstation for SIG # 1 Ring 2. signal 9998, Critical Alarm. Wait for 5 seconds and remove the Stop Timinginputs to the controller. 10.6.3.3 The display returns to the These steps are dependent on EDIT the Alarm Trigger and change the: Alarms window. the system having access to an Alarm Triggers Type: Pager The Alarm Trigger definition analog type dial -up telephone Enable: Checked has changed to Pager. line and appropriate modem to Click on OK. connect to the selected paging service. 10.6.3.4 Create a Critical Alarm by placing the A Pager notification is sent to controller in Stop Time for Ring I and the selected individual. SIG # 1 Ring 2. Wait for 5 seconds and remove the Stop Timing uts to the controller. 10.6.3.5 Alarm Triggers Use the Filter options to create various lists of the lists of the Trigger Events. 10.6.3.6 Alarm Triggers DELETE the Alarm Trigger created for The Trigger Event is removed this test. from the dis la . 10.6.3.7 Alarm Triggers CLOSE the Alarms window. The display returns to the icons workspace. 10.6.4 Alarm Log Reports Select Monitor I Alarm Log. An Alarm Log window appears. 10.6.4.1 Alarm Log Verify that the log contains entries for the The log contains the events. R orts two events previously created. Page 62 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure isECONOLITE City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System C ON T A 0 L P F C O U C T 8, 1 N C. Version 1.0 Task Number SpecR;carion Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.6.4.2 Alarm Log Use `Filters' to generate various alarm Various reports can be Reports to displays. generated. 10.6.5 Observe that the following These steps are dependent on choices appear on the dropdown the system having access to an Alert Menu Group Click once on Alert he M on tMenu Bar. menu: analog type dial -up telephone • Page Group line and appropriate modem to • Page Individual connect to the selected paging 10.6.5.1 The Page Group window service. Page Group Select Alert I Page Group appears with a Select Group box, Message box, and buttons for Send, Pro erties, and Close. 10.6.5.2 pa e Grou g p Click once on a valid Group in the Select The selection is highlighted. Group box. 10.6.5.3 Click on the Properties button. The Group Properties window Properties appears listing the individuals Button assigned to the group. Close the Group Properties window. 10.6.5.4 Page Group Enter a short test message in the Message The test message is displayed. box. 10.6.5.5 Send Button Click on the Send button. The page is sent to all individuals in the Group. 10.6.5.E Close Button Click on the Close button. The display returns to the icons workspace. 10.6.6 The Page Individual window Page Individual Select Alert I Page Individual appears with a Select Individual box, Message box, and buttons for Send, Properties, and Close. 10.6.6 1 page Individual Click once on a valid Individual in the The selection is highlighted. Select Individual box. 10.6.6.2 Click on the Properties button. The Individual Properties Properties window appears listing the Button individuals' properties. Close the Individual Properties window. 10.6.6.3 Page Individual Enter a short test message in the Message The test message is displayed. box. Page 63 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure N ECONOLITE � C O N T R O L P R O D U C T 9. 1 N C. City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 Task Number Specillicatfon (tern Reference Ammon Result Pass/Fag Comments 10.6.6A Send Button Click on the Send button. The page is sent to the selected Individual. 10.6.6.5 Close Button Click on the Close button. The display returns to the icons workspace. 10.7 VOS Display Select Monitor VOS Display. The VOS Display window is displayed. 10.7.1 The selection tree expands Detector Expand the tree for City of Ft. Collins revealing test detectors one Selection Test Section. through four. The ADD and Delete buttons are grayed out. 10.7.1.1 Click on Test Detector 1. Test Det 1 is highlighted. The Detector ADD button is un-grayed. Selection Click on the ADD button Test Det 1 is shown in the selection box. 10.7.1.2 Test Det 1 is highlighted. The Detector Click on Test Det 1 in the selection box. REMOVE button is un-grayed. Selection Click on the REMOVE button Test Det 1 is removed from the selection box. 10.7.1.3 Detector Select and ADD Test Detectors 1, 2, 3 The selected detectors appear in Selection and 4. the selection box. 10.7.1.4 Change the Time Interval to reflect: The FROM and TO displays Time Interval FROM: (today's date) and time one hour indicate the selected date and Selection ago' time. TO: (today's date) and time to the current time. 10.7.2 A Bar Graph appears showing Graph Display Click on the GRAPH tab. the Volume data (900 Vehicles per Hour) for the selected period in 5-minute increments. 10.7.2.1 Graph Display Zoom the graph in and out. The display zooms in and out. 10.7.2.2 Graph Display Click the RESET button. The graph returns to the default, 100%, zoom level. Page 64 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure W ECONOLITE a� C ONTO O L PRODUCT.. 1 N C. City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 Task Number Specification Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fad Comments 10.7.2.3 If a system printer is correctly Graph Display Click the PRINT button. connected to the workstation, the Graph Display will be printed. 10.7.2.4 A Bar Graph appears showing Graph Display Click on the Occupancy tab. the Occupancy data (10°/a) for the selected period in 5-minute increments. 10.7.2.5 Graph Display Zoom the graph in and out. The display zooms in and out. 10.7.2.6 Graph Display Click the RESET button. The graph returns to the default, 100%, zoom level. 10.7.2.7 If a system printer is correctly Graph Display Click the PRINT button. connected to the workstation, the Gra h Dis la will be printed. 10.7.2.8 A Bar Graph appears showing Graph Display Click on the Speed tab. the Speed data (38 NIPH)`£or the selected period in 5-minute increments. 10.72.9 Graph Display Zoom the graph in and out. The display zooms in and out. 10.7.2.10 Graph Display Click the RESET button. The graph returns to the default, 100%, zoom level. 10.7.2.11 If a system printer is correctly Graph Display Click the PRINT button. connected to the workstation, the Gra h Dis la will be printed. ]0.7.3 A table display appears containing columns titled System ID, Detector ID, Date / Tabular Report Click on the Tabular Report tab. Time, Volume, Occupancy, Speed and Period. The table data matches the information in the graphs.' 10.7.3.1 Export Data Click on the Export Data button. An Export to File window opens to select a file name and path. 10.7.3.2 Export Data p Enter "DetData" as the file name and The display returns to the table click SAVE. display. Page 65 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure s ECONOLITE N City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System nNES C O NTPOL PRODUCTS, I C. Version 1.0 Task Number Specification Item Reference ActiO° Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.7.3.3 Using Windows Explorer, go to the folder Exported Data where the "DetData" file was saved The file "DetData.TXT" is found ("C:\Program Files\Gardner in the folder. S stems\Icons\Bin\"). 10.7.3.4 The file is a mm a -delimitated Exported Data Open the "DetData.TXT" file using file containing the Column Titles Notepad or similar program, and data for each row in the table. 10.7.3.4.1 Ex orted Data p Using Excel, import the detector data into The data is successfully a workbook. imported, 10.7.3.5 Close the file and Explorer. The display returns to the VOS VOS Display a l Display. y. Click the Exit Button. The display returns to the icons workspace. 10.7.4 To perform the rest of this test, fill out the `Split Filled out sheet with cycle splits NOTE: the Split Monitoring Monitoring Form' at the end of this for 5 cycle lengths function only supports the test procedure with the actual splits for 5 Econolite ASC/2 series cycle lengths. controllers. Split Monitoring To get actual Cycle Splits: Open the Intersection dialog box for the controller, by double-clicking on the intersection icon on the Main City map. Note the actual splits displayed for each of the phase for 5 cycles. 10.7.4.1 Observe that the Split - Split Monitoring -Select Analysis I Split Monitoring monitoring window appears with Signal Selection box dialog open. 10.7.4.2 Type in the number of the intersection View the Split Time Monitoring Split Monitoring controller that you want to run the test on Dialog box and click OK 10.7.4.3 Click once on Setting ISample Time Configuration reset to display Split Monitoring Settings and select Most Recent Cycle 5 compilation of 5 cycles Cycles Click Ap ly Page 66 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure ®ECONOLITE a� C O N T P O L Is R O C O C T B. I N C. City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 Task Number Specification Actloa Reference Item Result Pass/Fag Comments 10.7.4.4 Compare the Actual Cycle splits that The display compilation viewed were noted on the `Split Monitoring as a histogram on the Split Split Monitoring Form' with those viewed in the Split Monitoring Window should Monitoring Window for the last 5 cycle match the below table for the lengths. last 5 c c1es. 10.7.5 The Time Space Diagram NOTE: the Time -Space Time/Space ace Diagram Select Analysis Time/Space Diagram. window appears. function only supports the Econolite ASC/2 series 10.7.5.1 Click on Route New from the menu A New Route box appears to controllers. Time/Space options. select a Route Name. Diagram Enter — . as the route The Location Properties Editor name and click "OK". window opens. 10.7.5.2 Fill in the Location Properties data The Location Properties Editor elements using Signal _, . For window closes and the Time/Space the Distance to Location 2 and Speed to Time/Space Diagram window Diagram Location 2 values use the appropriate shows the programmed time data for Signal Click Green/Yellow/Red bar for Save after entering the required data elements. 10.7.5.3 Click on the Add Location tool button to The Location Properties Editor add the next intersection, window opens. Fill in the Location Properties data The Location Properties Editor Time/Space elements using Signal window closes and the Diagram For the Distance to Location 2 and Time/Space Diagram window Speed to Location 2 values use the shows the programmed time appropriate data for Signal Green/Yellow/Red bars for Click Save after entering the required and and data elements. (gray) Progress on bands. Page 67 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure N ECONOLITE City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System C O N T R O L PRODUCT.. I N C. Version 1.0 Task Number Specaication Retereuce Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.7.5.4 Click on the Add Location tool button to The Location Properties Editor add the next intersection, window opens. Fill in the Location Properties data The Location Properties Editor Time/Space elements using Signal window closes and the Diagram For the Distance to Location 2 and Time/Space Diagram window Speed to Location 2 values use the shows the programmed time appropriate data for Signal Green/Yellow/Red bars for the Click Save after entering the three intersections and (gray) required data elements. Progression bands. 10.7.5.5 Click on the Add Location tool button to The Location Properties Editor add the next intersection, window opens. Fill in the Location Properties data The Location Properties Editor Time/Space elements using Signal window closes and the Diagram For the Distance to Location 2 and Time/Space Diagram window Speed to Location 2 values use any shows the programmed time desired value. Click Save after entering Green/Yellow/Red bars for the the required data elements. four intersections and (gray) 10.7.5.E Pro ession bands. The Gray Progression Bands on Time/Space Click on View I OpenGL 2-D from the the Time/Space Diagram change Diagram menu options. to a heavier texture and are more 10.7.5.7 Verify that the Time/Space Diagram easily seen. The diagram is correct. Time/Space correctly represents the expected Diagram progression along between and 10.7.5.8 The Progression Bands change Click and Drag the Time/Space Bars) for to represent the altered signal Observe that the timing relationship. Time/Space Progression Bands shrink / expand as the Diagram bar is moved back and forth. A text box appears containing Point at the Bar for with the the programmed Offset value mouse. and the Adjusted Offset value 10.7.5.9 -::Jfor Time/Space Use the Zoom In and Zoom Out tool the displayed relationship. The Time/Space Display zooms Dia am button to zoom the display. in and out. Page 68 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure ®ECONOLITE I N City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System aaaaal C C N T F C L P A 00 0 C T B. 6. Version 1.0 Task Number Specification Reference from Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.7.5.10 Use the Show All Greens, Continuation, The gray progression bands Time/Space Progression and Reduced Progression change to display the selected Diagram tool buttons to display the selected attribute. attributes. 10.7.5.11 The Time/Space Diagram Time/Space Diagram Click the Real Time Display tool button. switches to the real time mode showing the actual selected progression attribute. 10.7.5.12 Time/Space Close the Time/Space Diagram window. The window closes. Diagram 10.7.6 M.O.E. Select Admin I Configuration Observe that the System (LINKS) Configuration window appears. 10.7.6.1 Select System Settings I Link MN (LINKS) Configuration from the Configuration Observe that the System Link Editor Menu items. Configuration window appears. 10.7.6.2 Enter the following parameters into the The parameters are entered. appropriate boxes: M.O.E. Calculation Period = 300 (LINKS) Max. Calculation Period = 360 Valid Det. Threshold = 1 V+KO: K = 15 Do not change any other system settings. 10.7.6.3 M.O.E. Click once on Save. The System Link Configuration (LINKS) window closes. 10.7.6.4 The Link System Information is Using the System Configuration Editor, accepted. add LINK #1401 (LNK#1401) to the M.O.E. system with the name "Test Link". A confirmation box appears (LINKS) Click once on Configure after entering asking to save the LINK data the system data. Click Yes to the save before continuing. before continuing prompt. The Detector Location Con oration window a ears. Page 69 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure N ECONOI_ITE aaaaal 0 O N T R O L P R O O V C T B. 1 N C. City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 Task Number Speccation Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments 10.7.6.5 Click once in the Detector Number box. A drop down menu appears to select a detector. M.O.E. Select DET#1 from the menu. The text "Test Controller Det. 1" (LINKS) appears in the Description box. Verify that the Volume, Occupancy and Speed factors are all set to 100. The factors are set. 10.7.6.6 Click once on Save. The Detector Location Configuration window closes. Click once on Save. The LINK System Information M.O.E. window closes. (LINKS) Close the System Configuration Editor The window closes. window. Close and re -start the icons ITMS Client The Client re -starts. a lication. 10.7.6.7 Sign -On to icons. The user successfully logs on. M.O.E. Select Monitor I System Maps and the The Downtown Area Map (LINKS) Downtown Area Map for display and opens. wait 10 minutes before proceeding. 10.7.6.8 M.O.E. Select View LINKS I Volume. The LINK on the Downtown (LINKS) Ma is Yellow in color. 10.7.6.9 M.O.E. Select View LINKS V+KO. The LINK on the Downtown (LINKS) Map is Orange in color. 10.7.6.10 M.O.E. Select View LINKS Occupancy. The LINK on the Downtown (LINKS) Map is Green in color. 10.7.6.11 M.O.E. Select View � LINKS � Speed. The LINK on the Downtown (LINKS) Map is Yellow in color. Page 70 of 73 Task Number I Specification Reference item System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 Action Result ®ECONOLITE MWSS C O N T R O L PRODUCTS. 1 N C. Pass/Faa I Comments 10.8 Security Select Admin I Security. Observe that the User Profiles 10.8.1 Secur ty Click once on "Add" in the User Profiles window appears. Observe that the InfoBox 10.8.1.1 window. window ap ears. Security Enter anew user name: "Steve Y' and Observe that a new User 10.8.1.2 click on "OK". Properties window appears. Security Enter a password: "atp001a". Observe that the password is 10.8.1.3 enc ted. A "check mark" appears in the Security Click on the Select All button. Enabled column for every menu item listed in the User 10.8. L Toggle on/off different security options Properties window. (insure that the ParamsDBEditor and Security ControlManualAssignment selections ARE NOT checked) and, then click "OK" Return to User Profiles window. to close the user (Steve Y) profile window. 10.8.1.5 Security Click "OK" to close the new User Properties window. Return to User Profiles window. 10.8.1.E Security Click "OK" in the User Profiles window Observe that the User Profiles 10.8.1.7 window is closed. Observe that the User Profiles Security Select Admin I Security window appears and user 10.8.1.8 Steve Y is listed in the window. Security Select user "Steve Y" and click once on Observe that the user (Steve Y) 10.8.1.9 "Edit" in the User Profiles window. properties window appears. Security Click Cancel. The User Properties window 10.8.1.,0 Security Click once on "OK" in the User Profiles closes. Observe that the User Profiles 10.8.1.11 window. window is closed. Security Log Off the G UI and close the ITMS The user is logged off and the Client a plication. client a lication shuts down. Page 71 of 73 Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 Development of New Features A number of requirements identified in the City's RFP involve features not currently supported by the icons system. In particular, interfaces to automatic count stations, transit vehicle location systems, road -weather information systems, some CCTV, some variable message signs and geographical information systems are not currently supported in the base icons system. Components could, however, be added to icons to support these features. We propose a Project Team consisting of Econolite Control Products, Inc. and Siemens GTS Inc. The Project Team proposes to meet with the City of Fort Collins and URS- BRW to define a useable ITS solution with the following process. Due to the level of schedule and budget uncertainty associated with generating turnkey software in the absence of fully detailed user requirements, the Project Team proposes a two step process for the development of new features. • The first step of this process consists of requirements analysis and preliminary design for the new features. • The second step includes final design, implementation, integration and testing of the new features. Typically, based on general discussions with the customer regarding the desired features, the level of effort required to perform requirements analysis and preliminary design can be estimated with a reasonable level of certainty. Final design, implementation, integration and testing, on the other hand, cannot be accurately determined until a number of requirements related issues have been investigated and resolved as part of the preliminary analysis and design. As such, level of effort estimates for feature implementation can only be developed upon completion of requirements analysis and preliminary design. A summary of this two-step process follows. Tasks that comprise the analysis phase are first discussed. Next, implementation tasks are described. Requirements Analysis and Preliminary Design Requirements Analysis Using the customer's existing feature requirements and use cases as a starting point, the Project Team will develop a project description. The project description is the most fundamental document and constitutes a preamble to the project. This document will provide a basic summary, or overview of what is needed, why it is needed and what is hoped to be gained upon successful development of the new features. In summary, the project description will: • Be a one or two page document to start of the process. • Describes the proposed new features. • Identify high-level requirements. • Focus on `what' not `how'. Section 2 — System Functional Description Page 2-15 System Acceptance Test Procedure N ECONOLITE Cityof Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System saaaal CON T P O L P R O O N C T B, 1 N C. Version 1.0 Task Number Specifscatioa Reference Item Action Result Pass/FWI Comments 10.8.1.12 Start the ITMS Client application and The client starts and "Steve_Y" Security log -on to the system with the user name successfully logs on. Steve Y and correct password. 10.8.1.13 Securi ty Attempt to access the Params Menu item The menu opens with all options by clicking on the dro down menu."grayed out". 10.8.1.14 Attempt to access the Database Editor by The DB Editor cannot be Security clicking on the DBEditor option in the accessed. menu. 10.8.1.15 Security Repeat the above steps using the Control The Manual Assignment and Manual Assignment selections. window cannot be accessed. 10.8.1.16 Edit user "Steve_Y" and select/de-select User Steve_Y is reconfigured. Security the appropriate security options and enter an appropriate assword. 10.8.2 System Confi Select Admin I Configuration Observe that the System 10.8.2ConfigurationCon anion Configuration window ears. Expand the "Tree" view of the System in The programmed configuration System the left window and verify proper is correct per the icons Zone / Configuration programming of the System Section Assignment Configuration. Worksheets completed by the 10.8.2.2 Use the scroll bar in the upper right client. The entity is selected and its System window box to locate Signal #9998 (Test attributes are displayed in the Configuration Controller). Click once on the entry for General Settings window box. SIG#9998. 10.8.2.3 A System Configuration — Traffic Signal Edit window System opens. The Entity Type, Entity Configuration Click once on the Edit button. Number, Parent Type and Parent Number attributes are "grayed out" and all other 10.8.2.4 System Click once on either OK or Cancel. attributes are editable. The Traffic Signal Edit box Configuration closes. 10.8.2.5 System Click once on the Close button to close The window closd the es an Configuration the System Configuration Editor window. display returns to icons workspace. Page 72 of 73 System Acceptance Test Procedure City of Ft. Collins, Colorado icons ATMS System Version 1.0 a ECONOLITE aaann C O N T n [I L P R O O Y C T 8. 1 N C. Task Number Specification Reference Item Action Result Pass/Fail Comments Split Monitoring Form Cycle # Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Phase4 Phase 5 Phase 6 Phase 7 Phase 8 1 2 3 4 5 Page 73 of 73 Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 Upon completion of the Project Description, the Project Team, working in conjunction with the customer and URS-BRW, will review, analyze and refine new feature requirements. These requirements will clearly state what the constraints and functionality of the new features must be. • Use Case Development As part of this subtask, the Project Team will develop and analyze use cases for the new features. Use cases are documents written for the purpose of describing the functional behaviors of the features. Each specific functional behavior will have a separate and unique use case. It should be understood that there is a difference between use cases and requirements. In short, the requirement is the `what', the use case is the `how'. The Project Team will develop and document use cases for the new features. This information will be presented to the customer for review in the form of a technical memorandum. The Project Team will revise the use case analysis based on comments received on the document. High Level Design After development of use cases, the Project Team will conduct a high level design of the new features. The high level design will consist of defining an architectural framework in which the various subsystem components of the new features will coexist. • User Interface Prototypes Under this subtask, The Project Team will develop user interface prototype screens for the new features. A high level of interaction between The Project Team and the customer will be required to derive additional user requirements. Paper based screen prototyping will be used as an aid to further refine the initial use cases and preliminary design. Final Design, Implementation and Integration Low Level Design Under this subtask the Project Team will develop a low level design for the new features. Standard Unified Process modeling techniques will be used to derive a design that can be readily implemented. The Unified Modeling Language (UML) will be used to document the classes, interfaces and control flows that are evolved during this phase. Upon completion of the low level design, the Project Team will verify that the design satisfies all the requirements that have been identified and conduct a detailed/critical design review. Database Design The object model, which was derived in the high and low level design phases, will be used to develop the database design. Entities and their relationships will be defined to support all objects and inter -object relationships that require persistent storage. Similarly, entity Section 2 — System Functional Description Page Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 attributes will be defined to support the attributes of the system objects. Implement Basic Functionality After planning and design of the new features has been completed, the Project Team will begin the development of source code. Under this subtask, the Project Team will prepare source code to enable basic functionality for the new features. Each software module necessary to implement basic functionality will be developed during a construction cycle. A basic construction cycle will consists of the following activities: Write/generate code. Perform code reviews to detect flaws in program logic and to verify that implementations correctly implement the use cases and meet the specifications. Perform unit and integration testing based on use cases for specific classes and interfaces. Integration/Testing The Project Team will conduct integration and testing on the completed software components after each development iteration. Test Plan Development and Execution Under this task, the Project Team will develop a test plan for the new features. The test plan will be designed to ensure that the integrated software has met all requirements and will be used to conduct formal acceptance testing. The test plan will be based upon the entire set of use cases identified in analysis phase of the project. It will consist of test cases to exercise all new features. System Initialization, Installation, Testing, and Acceptance. Econolite Control Products, Inc.'s systems engineering team provides an extensive process for system initialization, installation, testing and acceptance. An Econolite Project Manager is named who will manage the new system from its earliest stages of contract signing all the way to final acceptance. Once a project is delivered to engineering from the Project Manager, a set of system questionnaires are sent to our local sales engineer who will work with the client to complete. These documents provide us with valuable information on how the new system is to be initially configured. The system engineering team schedules and orders all of the required equipment into our System Engineering Laboratory. This team of engineers will assemble system hardware, install software, test (using standard system test documents), and document the final system (all hardware configurations). After completion of Econolite standard system performance tests, the system is disassembled, packed and shipped to the job site. A member of the Econolite system engineering team will arrive on site to unpack, assemble and test the new system. On site system integration includes test and check out of the installed interconnect infrastructure by actually communicating to controllers on Section 2 — System Functional Description Page 2-17 4� lNxp@i I) (' 1 ) t i s { 1100 1 J OF64 a kq m Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 ECONOLITE IIIIIIIIIIIIIII[CONTROL PRODUCTS, I N C. Section 3 — Detailed Response To Specifications The following document will describe by your specification item number starting at V. Scope of Work, how our proposal either meets, exceeds, or does not comply with the document "City of Fort Collins, Colorado, Advanced Traffic Management System, Proposal No.: P-788." Our comments will follow each specification item with an indented bullet. • Econolite's response Detailed information for each item will be provided in the System Functional Description section of our response package. V. Scope of Work This RFP primarily concerns the Center Subsystem. The System Vendor will provide the operation software and supporting computer and network hardware and peripherals. a. Introduction: The system shall satisfy the following basic requirements: 1. The system shall provide secure access to authorized users through the City local area network, while restricting access to unauthorized users. ■ We are in compliance with the requirement if the cities LAN supports the iconsT"f required throughput and protocol. An isolated LAN with a bridge to the cities LAN is strongly recommended. 2. System computer and network hardware shall be compatible with the City's standards for computer and network equipment. We are proposing to supply a standard 72" EIA rack with HP NetServer rack mounted server computers for the file server and communication server. We are proposing to supply Dell high -end desktop computers for the required TMC workstations. 3. The system shall communicate directly with field hardware without the need for proprietary interface units. ' icons is a Registered trademark of Econolite Control Products, Inc. Section 3 — Details Response To Specifications Page 3- 1 This proposal is submitted by: Econolite Control Products, Inc. 3360 East LaPalma Ave. Anaheim, California 92806 Tel. 714.630.3700 Fax 714.630.6349 All inquiries with respect to this proposal should be directed to: Econolite Control Products, Inc. P.O. Box 2110 Arvada, CO 80001 343 Paradise Road Golden, CO 80401 Tel: 303.526.2753 Fax: 303.526.2014 Attn: Dan Schoenecke Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 ■ With the exception of an external communication modem (fiber, leased line, etc.), we are in compliance with the requirement for communications to and from an intersection controller. Until other ITS field devices are more fully defined, we are not able to make a statement for these ITS field devices. 4. The system shall work with a wide variety of communication media and protocols, including fiber-optic and wireless. ■ The proposed icons Advanced Traffic Management System supports central communication modems on a per channel basis. Each channel can support NTCIP Class B, Conformance Level 2 communications for all new intersection controllers that offer NTCIP. Please seethe Appendix for a list of NTCIP objects currently supported by icons. ■ A combination of NTCIP and native protocols will be offered for other ITS components based on product definition and final negotiation for ITS modules that could/would be provided. ■ The icons system can support full duplex, fiber optic (single mode and multi - mode) cable, customer owned twisted pair cable, leased line cable, and wireless communications. Based on input from the City and its consultant we have proposed that the initial system hardware be configured for both leased line (4- wire) and fiber optic (single mode) communications. b. System Requirements: 1. System Architecture shall be a client/server design based on distributed, open architecture concepts. ■ We are in compliance with the requirement. Industry standard communications and interface protocols shall be used. ■ See item a.4 above. 2. System Components - The distributed client/server architecture shall be supported via a local area network. The system should be implemented using standard, commercially available hardware. ■ We are in compliance with the requirement. 3. Software shall use a windowing, graphical user interface (GUI). The GUI and geographically coded database shall be an integral part of the software and shall be the basis for all user interactions. They shall be integrated using industry standard, commercially available, application programming interfaces and protocols. The system shall be able to exchange files with common GIS, CAOO, and other common file formats. Section 3 — Details Response To Specifications Page 3- 2 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 • The icons GUI utilizes the Window NT style guidelines, providing standard GUI window and control mechanisms. Traffic system graphics display and control features are integrated into a single user workstation interface. Graphically coded symbols will be employed to activate common system functions, such as traffic signal control mode changes, status reports and data entry dialogs, from simple pointer device clicking operations on a map -based graphics display. ■ At the present time, icons does not offer a direct interface to an Arc View or Arclnfo GIS system. icons supports most file formats that can be converted to .wmf, .dwg, .dxfformat as the base map or area maps. 4. This system must support operation from the Traffic Operations center, the Maintenance facility, and the traffic engineering offices as well as remote dial -in capability. ■ We are in compliance with the requirement. • Remote dial -in does have system limitations based on the limited throughput provided by a dial -up connection. c. Performance Requirements: 1. Size - The system shall be capable of managing at least 250 traffic signals as well as automatic count stations, video detection, variable message signs, and other common ATMS field hardware. • The proposed icons system supports up to 250 intersections or ITS devices per each Communication Server purchased. • A complete scope of work or intent will need to be defined by the City of Fort Collins and Econolite Control Products, Inc. before we can assess the system impact for Automatic Count Stations, Video Detection, Variable Message Signs, and other common ATMS f eld hardware. 2. Expansion - The system shall accommodate expansion in a modular fashion, without the need to redesign the existing system or reconfigure operating sections. ■ Communication Server Computers and field modems may be added to increase the capacity of the system by 250 devices each time a Communication Server is added. • Some ATMS or ITS modules (CCTV, DMS, etc...) are available with limited product support and may be included in the initial system purchase, or can be added at a later date. 1. Communications - The system shall be capable of communicating with a variety of device types and brands, using standard protocols and interfaces. The system shall also communicate over a wide variety of media and protocols, at different rates as supported by the media and protocols. Section 3 — Details Response To Specifications Page 3- 3 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 • System communications to local traffic controllers will be handled by the icons communications server(s). The proposed communications server will support the NTCIP protocol using polled -response type of communications to the intersection controllers that have been previously qualified and support NTCIP. (See Appendix for further information about Econolite NTCIP qualifications) • System communications to different product types and brands will require additional integration. This will be dependant on whether the required products have already been integrated into the icons system. ■ System communications to ATMS or ITS products not fully defined in the RFP create a hardship in fully responding to this item. As explained in our Detailed Functional Description, we support different products with different protocols. • The icons system can support full duplex, fiber optic cable (single -mode and multi -mode), customer owned twisted pair cable, leased lines, and wireless communications. ■ Communication speeds will be dependant on the media used for each application. At the present time, we are successfully operating icons full duplex fiber optic channels at speeds up to 19,200 bps and twisted pair channels (leased line and customer owned) at speeds up to 9,600 bps. d. Intersection Control: 1. The system shall control different types and brands of intersection controllers concurrently. Intersection control should provide upload/download capability, coordination to a common time reference, back-up TBC operation, and remote monitoring of intersection operation on a second -by -second basis. The system shall support time -of -day control, traffic- responsive control, manual commands, and system flashing operation. • At the present time, icons supports Econolite ASC12S controllers and 2070 controllers running Siemens GTS NextPhase controller software ■ Upload and download is a standard feature. ■ icons coordination is controlled locally at each intersection. Each controller's internal clock is referenced to a common central clock. Each proposed controller will include back-up NIC or TBC operation. The proposed icons system provides second by second monitoring and control (Traffic Responsive, TR) if the communications infrastructure supports this. NTCIP does not efficiently support once per second communications if the communication rate is limited to 1,200 bps. • Time -of -Day, Traffic Responsive control, manual commands, and system flashing operation are standard features of icons. 2. Intersections shall be assigned to control groups in software. Reassignment of an intersection to a new group should not require reconfiguration of hardware. ■ We are in compliance with the requirement. Section 3 — Details Response To Specifications Page 3- 4 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 3. The system shall provide the capability of implementing system commands from a schedule, based on time -of day, day -of -week, or other events. ■ We are in compliance with the requirement. System errors or alarms shall generate messages at designated workstations. Errors and alarms should also be logged to a file that can be printed or queried later. ■ We are in compliance with the requirement. e. Special Functions: The City has placed special emphasis on alternative modes in its transportation plan. The system shall support these, particularly through transit priority treatments, bicycle treatments, and special pedestrian treatments. While these are often functions of the local controller, the system must support controllers or controller software that provides these functions or they shall be provided through the system itself. • The following items area supported by the Econolite ASC/2 family of software (Econolite NEMA-ASC12S or 2070-ASC/2070) ■ The icons system supports the Econolite ASC12S controller, which supports Transit Signal Priority (TSP). TSP provides a software signal control system that will provide transit priorityfor traffic signals while maintaining coordination. ■ The ASC12S controller provides a special bicycle detector and bicycle minimum green. ■ The ASC12S controller provides a Walk 2 interval if required. • The ASC12S can also provide Pre -Timed operation where the Walk time = Split time — (Ped Clearance + Yellow + All Red interval). f. Other Device Control: The system shall provide support for the range of field devices identified, either through the basic software, or through additional modules. • See System Functional Description. g.Interfaces: The system shall provide interfaces with the City's transit vehicle location system, road - weather information system and GIS. These interfaces shall be through the basic system or through additional modules. We can support various ITS and non -ITS interfaces based on user definition. See System Functional Description. h. Support Services: Section 3 — Details Response To Specifications Page 3- 5 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 As it relates to the objectives of the proposed system, please provide the following: 1. Describe the maintenance for both the hardware and the software that you offer. ■ System hardware maintenance is as recommended by the manufacturer for each piece of hardware supplied. The icons system software maintenance has been limited to daily (automatic or manual) backup of database. 2. Describe the maintenance agreements that come with the system, as well as any options available. • All hardware comes with the manufacturers standard warranty and maintenance (onsite or offsite) based on specification requirements. Extended hardware warranty and maintenance agreements are available from most manufacturers. We will supply these based on the specification and/or negotiations of a system contract. Submit a copy of your standard maintenance agreement with your proposal. ■ We have included a copy of our standard warranty and maintenance agreement as well as a copy of our extended software warranty and service contract in the warranty section of our response package. 3. Describe the training you will provide in conjunction with the system. ■ Our standard training package includes up to 30 hours of icons and icons Administrator training. This will include instruction on system hardware, system operation, and system administration. We have included our standard training agenda in our response package. • Controller training would be dependent on which controller was selected for field operations and what the customer needs are. 4. Describe your approach to maintenance including telephone support (800 numbers, hours available, type of staff experience available), the duration of free telephone support, annual telephone support cost (if any), availability of personnel in the event of an emergency, software and hardware services, response time for repairs, and nearest service personnel for hardware and software. ■ Econolite offers the best in service in the State of Colorado. We employ a full time Signal Electronics Technician (resume included in response package). Our technician is located in the Denver area. He carries a pager plus a cell phone. We also offer support staff via a 1-800 phone line at our factory in Anaheim, California. This phone is manned from 7:30 am to 4:00 pm PST. In the event either of these people cannot be reached, we also offer access to our Systems Engineering group. Section 3 — Details Response To Specifications Page 3- 6 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 5. Describe how you will handle future upgrades that will be made to the system. Is your software version released? If so, provide an approximate schedule. Are free updates provided with support? Free updates are provided during the warranty period, which is 12 months. After that, upgrades can be obtained by purchase of annual maintenance contracts or requested upgrades as described below. Econolite is a certified ISO-9001 company. Both Econolite and Siemens-GTS maintain the icons software under a formal version control system. In addition, Econolite maintains a CD copy of the installed software and configuration of each of our systems reflecting the as shipped configuration. Level 1 (during warranty period —12 months) Free: Corrections to errors in the software. Updates installed remotely or by customer. ■ Level ■ Level Maintenance Contract: Level 1 support plus installation of system upgrade once per year to latest applicable icons software excluding accommodation of any custom software. Notes: Fee is on an annual basis and includes travel expenses for an on site Econolite Systems Engineer. On site time is limited to two days. A software upgrade may require hardware or COTS software upgrades to ensure the performance and functionality of the system. The costs for these upgrades are not included in the annual maintenance contract fee. Fee basis: Upgrades to base package on a per site visit case Notes: Fee is paid on a per upgrade basis. Fee covers software upgrade charge plus time and travel expenses for an Econolite Systems Engineer. A software upgrade may require hardware or COTS software upgrades to ensure the performance and functionality of the system. Costs for these upgrades will be quoted separate from the icons software upgrade. ■ Level Fee basis: New/additional functionality, not included in the base package. Notes: Fee is paid per feature. Fee to cover costs associated with the installation and integration at the customer's site and any custom software development due to additional features, either being added or special to the client site. If dependent upon other upgrades being done, then fee would reflect total. Section 3 — Details Response To Specifications Page 3- 7 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 6. Provide information regarding availability of Source Code and/or arrangements to modify the code in the future. Source Code can be deposited in an escrow account for a negotiated annual escrow fee. Econolite and Siemens GTS are willing to work with the City to modify the icons software to provide features customized to the needs of the City on a negotiated basis. The System Functional Description section of this proposal outlines the process that we us for defining the scope of work required for developing new features. 7. Provide information on how to license the software, including description/explanation on upgrades. ■ The icons system software is licensed (and priced) for each Communications Server (250 field devices per server). Workstation licenses are priced on a per workstation basis. We are willing to negotiate workstation site licenses when ten (10) or more workstations are required in a system. Optional software modules such as CCTV and DMS are license on a per module basis. • The icons software license fees are based on the number of Communication Servers and Work Stations. Each Communication Server License is for up to 250 field devices. ■ Please see h.5 for explanation of software upgrades. Section 3 — Details Response To Specifications Page 3- 8 ECK _91 IWTV1b iconsTM Traffic Management System Training Day 1: A. Introduction to iconsTml , System Overview and Executive Summary. 1.5 HRS. This session will review the System Hardware, System Software, iconsTM Traffic Management System capabilities and features, and a brief tour of the Traffic Management System Workspace. How to Log -On to Windows® NT2 for both remote (Dial -Up) and local workstations, launching the TTMS Client application, logging on to iconsTM, accessing system graphics and an explanation of the workspace components will be discussed. B. Using the iconsTM Advanced Traffic Management System. 16 HRS. This session will consist of a comprehensive review of the workstation software suite. During the class, each menu item in the ITMS Client application will be reviewed. Each attendee will be afforded the opportunity to use the system software to perform various tasks and operations. Day 2: A. Using the iconsTM system (continued from Day 1) Day 3: A. Using the iconsTM system (continued from Day 2) B. Using the iconsTM Graphic Editor. 4 HRS. This session will cover the use of the icons Graphic Editor software. During the class, attendees will be walked through the various menu entries and features of the Graphic Editor package. Practical application of the editor will be demonstrated by modifying one of the system graphics and creating a new graphic using one of the template graphics supplied with the editor. ' icons is a trademark of Econolite Control Products, Inc. 2 Windows NT@ is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation Day 4: A. System Administration: 8.5 HRS. a. Windows NC a0 Security (1 HR.) This session will provide a general overview of the Windows NI' security system as well as creating and removing user accounts to and from the system. Each attendee will have the opportunity to add or remove a user account to / from the system. b. The Windows NI' Event Logs (0.5 HR.) This session will cover both the System and Application Event Logs within Windows NI'. Specific items appearing within the logs will be discussed and their relationship to system performance will be reviewed. c. Database Backups (0.5 HR.) This session will review how the system backs -up the SQL Databases and the required operator actions. d. Software Installation Procedures (2.5 HRS.) This session will review the procedures used to install the iconsTM Traffic Management System Software on a target computer. Additionally, general setup requirements for each "type" of computer will be reviewed. e. The iconsTM Server software suite (2 HRS.) This session will review the function of each component comprising the server software suite. Each INI file used by an icons' component will be reviewed in detail. The Nf Registry will also be reviewed for those YIMMS Services that use the registry to configure their operation. This session will also cover the Administration menu items associated with the ITMS Client application. Adding and deleting users to and from the iconsTm system and assigning user privileges will be reviewed. Using the System Configuration editor to alter the system Zone and Section layout will also be reviewed. CUMM f. iconsTM System Configuration and Troubleshooting (2 HRS.) This session will review the system hardware and cabling. General functions of each piece of equipment will be covered and the potential impact of equipment faults will be discussed. The LAN and TCP/IP portion of the session will review the basic setup and configuration of the Local Area Network. General network troubleshooting tools and procedures will be reviewed. This session will also review the ITMS COMM TEST, NTCIP COMM TEST and COMM MANAGER WIN SPY applications included with the Traffic Management System. ECONOLITE C O N T R O L P R O D U C T B, I N C. April 12, 2001 City of Fort Collins Purchasing Division 256 West Mountain Avenue Fort Collins, Colorado 80521 Attn: Mr. James B. O'Neill II, CPPO Dear Mr. O'Neill, Solving Tomorrow's Traffic Problems ... Today Econolite Control Products, Inc. is honored to have been chosen to provide a proposal for an Advanced Traffic Management System (ATMS) in response to your request P-788. Econolite has been the leading innovator in the transportation industry for over 65 years. Our reputation for providing traffic management systems and intersection control equipment that meets the demands of the nations ITS challenge is unparalleled. Econolite's iconsTml system is designed to not only provide a benefit to the driving public in terms of reduced travel time, energy conservation and pollution reduction, but to also provide the City of Fort Collins with a technologically advanced system platform that is adaptable well into the future. Econolite's success has been built upon developing strong relationships with our system customers and partners. The successful implementation of an advanced traffic management system requires a solid relationship between the parties who bring both expertise in the field of traffic management and a solid commitment in terms of the resources necessary to be successful. We are excited by the combined expertise, resources and commitment in the team of Econolite, Siemens -Gardner Transportation Systems, the City of Fort Collins and URS/BRW. By implementing the icons advanced traffic management system, the City of Fort Collins will become part of a community of other icons users in Colorado. The Cities of Denver, Littleton, and Englewood all currently utilize icons as their traffic management system. The City of Fort Collins would be able to share operational and tactical experiences with these cities and become part of a regional system support group. Econolite recognizes that the overall cost of a system is not only limited to the system software and computer center equipment, but includes other system elements such as the intersection controllers and cabinets. We emphasize minimizing the overall system cost by providing downward compatibility wherever possible. Local Econolite support personnel have performed a general inventory of the field cabinets in Fort Collins and we are confident we can minimize field equipment expense and maintain downward capability by utilizing those cabinets within the system. Over 16,000 of our industry leading, ASC/2 series of intersection controllers have been deployed in North America. These controllers and their advanced system software are extensively used throughout Colorado. The Fort Collins transportation staff would once ' icons is a Registered Trademark of Econolite Control Products, Inc. 3360 E. LA PALMA AVE. • ANAHEIM, CA 92806.2856 • (714) 630-3700 • FAX (714) 630-6349 P.O. BOX 6150 • ANAHEIM, CA 92816-0150 Rq.Cb%Tr9.O4 R.N9,4,4,Q*,b. 1,%q. Post Warranty Software Maintenance Agreement This software maintenance agreement is for icons4 post -warranty software support to be provided by Econolite Control Products, Inc. (Econolite) to the City of Fort Collins (AGENCY) as follows: Products Covered: This agreement is for software maintenance of the base icons system software licensed to AGENCY. This agreement does not cover third party COTS software (even if that software is required for correct system operation), system hardware, communications equipment, or field equipment and software unless that software falls under the base icons system software license agreement. Period of Coverage: Four years from the date of termination of the warranty period Cost: $9,000 plus travel expenses per annum. Coverage: Econolite will provide the following services under this agreement: 1. Corrections to errors in the software. 2. Provision and installation of at least one system upgrade which will provide additional functionality. The upgrade will occur within 60 days of the beginning of the maintenance period or within 6 months from a previous upgrade, whichever occurs later 3. Provision of telephone support as follows: Times: 7:30am to 5:OOpm Days: Monday to Friday except holidays Telephone support number: 714.630.3700 or 800.225.6480 is a registered trademark of Econolite Control Products, Inc, Post -Warranty Support Policy Fort Collins 4: ,FWT,Ib4,4 ii, M,04, 4, 4 T. 4.. 1. rK 4, Provisions: 1. AGENCY to contact Econolite first to ascertain the need for software support. 2. An Econolite technician or engineer shall be present and available at the client site during the upgrade procedure. 3. A software upgrade may require hardware and third party COTS software (e.g. database) upgrades to ensure the performance and functionality of the system. Econolite will provide details of minimum system requirements and the system will be upgraded at AGENCY's cost to meet or exceed these requirements at least one week prior to the upgrade. 4. The upgrade may not support all the functionality of the previous version of the icons system. Prior to the upgrade Siemens GTS will provide AGENCY with release notes for the new product that describes new and modified functionality. It is not anticipated that any core functionality will be lost, however support for obsolete field devices may not be included in future system upgrades. 5. There shall be no third party applications loaded onto any server, workstation or laptop accessing or forming part of the icons system without the prior approval of Econolite. 6. Payment is due at the commencement of the annual maintenance period. 7. Econolite will invoice the AGENCY for any travel costs associated with site visits for the annual upgrade. 8. In the event that Econolite identifies a fault or failure in software or hardware not covered under this agreement which affects the operation of the icons system, then AGENCY agrees to take prompt action to correct such faults and failures. 9. AGENCY shall maintain a dedicated telephone line for remote access to the system by Econolite and its icons partner, Siemens Gardner Transportation Systems. 10. Major system upgrades that include new features and functions also include new icons user manuals. New documentation is not generated for minor system upgrades to correct errors. 11. Training is not covered by this agreement. Training may be desired by the AGENCY after a major upgrade that includes new functions and features. Econolite can provide additional training if needed on a time and material basis. 12. This maintenance agreement may be voided if AGENCY modifies any part of the icons software where source code has been provided. It will be up to the discretion Post -Warranty Support Policy Fort Collins �QOM. Tr Ra Qi 4, q, �k 4. 4. 4a4 Ti l.. �i R44 of Econolite and its icons partner, Siemens Gardner Transportation Systems, if these modifications impede the ability to provide continued support and system upgrades. Post -Warranty Support Policy Fort Collins q ChKTr 00,%L1 R. r491Q49-Trb. 4M.Q Software License Agreement iconsTM Advanced Traffic Management System Software icons Software License Agreement (ISLA) IMPORTANT! READ CAREFULLY: This icons SOFTWARE License Agreement ('ISLA") is a legal agreement between ......................... ("Licensee') and Econolite Control Products, Inc. ("Licensor 7 for any and all icons' software product(s), which includes computer software and associated media, printed materials, and "online" or electronic documentation ("SOFTWARE") provided under the .......................................................... contract. By installing, copying, or otherwise using the SOFTWARE, you the License agree to be bound by the terms of this ISLA. If you do not agree to the terms of this ISLA, you may not use the SOFTWARE. SOFTWARE License The SOFTWARE is protected by copyright laws and international copyright treaties, as well as other intellectual property laws and treaties. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. This ISLA grants you the following rights: • You may install and use the icons Communications Server SOFTWARE on ......computer(s) located on City/Agency premises. • You may install and use the icons Traffic Applications/File Server SOFTWARE on ......computer(s) located on City/Agency premises. • You may install and use the icons workstation SOFTWARE on .......workstation(s) located on the premises of City/Agency or agency partners/consultants. ` • You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law, notwithstanding this limitation. • The SOFTWARE is licensed as a single product. Its component parts may not be separated for use on more than one computer. • You may not rent or lease the SOFTWARE. • Without prejudice to any other rights, Econolite Control Products, Inc. may terminate this ISLA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this ISLA. In such event, you must destroy all copies of the SOFTWARE and all of its component parts. SOFTWARE Ownership Any icons software ("Software") that is made available from Econolite Control Products, is the copyrighted work of Siemens Gardner Transportation Systems Business Unit. and/or its suppliers. Use of the SOFTWARE is governed by these Terms of Use and ISLA contained therein. The SOFTWARE is made available for use by customers of Econolite Control Products, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries, distributors, authorized agents or representatives or suppliers, according to this ISLA. Any reproduction or redistribution of the SOFTWARE not in accordance with the Terms of Use is expressly prohibited by law. You may not install any icons SOFTWARE unless you agree to these Terms of Use in their entirety. Warranties Econolite Control Products, Inc. agrees to provide City/Agency with one year of warranty support of the SOFTWARE beginning upon completion of acceptance testing of the SOFTWARE. This support will cover all SOFTWARE components provided by Econolite Control Products, Inc.. SOFTWARE components provided by others, (including any and all area maps and intersection graphics) will not be included in this warranty. SOFTWARE Copyright Unless otherwise indicated, all title and copyrights in and to the SOFTWARE (including but not limited to any images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, text, and "applets" incorporated into the SOFTWARE, the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the SOFTWARE) are owned by Siemens Gardner Transportation Systems Business Unit or its suppliers. The SOFTWARE is protected by copyright laws and international treaty provisions. Therefore, you must treat the SOFTWARE like any other copyrighted material. You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE. Restricted Rights Legend Any SOFTWARE which is provided for or on behalf of the United States of America or for or on behalf of Licensee, their agencies and/or instrumentalities ("U.S. Government) is provided with Restricted Rights. Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in Federal Acquisition Regulations subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer SOFTWARE clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 or subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of the Commercial Computer SOFTWARE - Restricted Rights at 48 CFR 52.227-19, as applicable. The manufacturer is Siemens Gardner Transportation Systems Business Unit., 1355 Willow Way, Suite 110, Concord, CA 94520., (925) 691-9524. ANY RIGHTS NOT EXPRESSLY GRANTED HEREIN ARE RESERVED. 1. icons is a registered trademark of Econolite Control Products, Inc. a4, K TT 1%O,4 R, WQ,%V�QT 4. I,, to, R- iconsTM Technical Support The icons""[ Advanced Traffic Management System was developed jointly by Siemens Gardner Transportation Systems and Econolite Control Products, Inc. Please contact your primary technical support group for assistance. In the event that you are unable to contact someone from your primary group, please contact any of the iconsTM technical support team members listed below. Econolite Control Products, Incorporated 3360 East La Palma Avenue P.O. Box 6150 Anaheim, California 92816-0150 (714) 630-3700 (800) 225-6480 Primary Contact: John D. Stephenson, x244 jstephenson@econolite.com icons"m and ASC/2 series Controllers Other Contacts: Robert Rodriguez, x308 rrodriguez@econolite.com icons"' and ASC/2 series Controllers Johnny Johnson, x289 jjohnson@econolite.com ASC/2 Series Controller Siemens Gardner Transportation Systems 1355 Willow Way, Suite 110 Concord, California 94520 (925) 691-9524 Primary Contact: Diederick VanDillen, x215 dvandillen@gardnersys.com icons"' and Nextphase Software Other Contacts: Ken Spalding, x234 kspalding@gardnersys.com icons"' and Nextphase Software Rayomand Bhadha (626) 294-9255 x9-103 rbhadha@gardnersys.com icons"' and Nextphase Software Shane Johnson (801) 269-9068 x220 sjohnson@gardnersys.com iconsTM and Nextphase Software icons" is a trademark of Econolite Control Products, Inc. Last Revised: 4/12/2001 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 ECONOLITE SEEW1 C O N T R O L PRODUCTS, I N C. Section 4 — Hardware Architecture General Requirements The icons r"J traffic management system software is designed to run on standard PC equipment. As such the system hardware can run in a normal office environment. The proposed system implementation for the City of Fort Collins Advanced Traffic Management System will consist of one File/Traffic Application Server, one Communications Server and three Workstations as shown in the System Configuration drawing included in this section. The Traffic Application Server will handle all traffic plan decision functions and will function as the system file server. As such, all databases will reside on this server. Database access in the system is handled via Microsoft's SQL Server 2000. We are not prepared to supply the system with support for Oracle at this time. The file server will also include two internal 56K modems. One of these modems will provide Remote Access Service (RAS) connections to the system. This will allow connection of properly licensed remote workstations to the system and will allow Econolite and its partner Siemens Gardner Transportation Systems (Siemens GTS), to access the system to aid in problem solving, monitoring, software updates, etc. The second modem will be used to support paging functions. The City will need to provide multiple phone line connections near the file server computer for these modem connections. Remote access to icons via dial -up connections to the Internet or Internet Service Providers is currently not supported. The Communications Server will handle all communications tasks with local field equipment. The Communications Server will initially be configured with 32 communications ports. Racks will be provided for both leased line and fiber optic modems. Communications channel configuration is discussed below. The server and workstation computers can be located in a normal office environment. Transient protection power strips will be supplied with each computer. The power strips can be connected to a standard 110VAC outlet. The server computers and communications equipment must to be located near the termination point of the communication cables. Econolite is proposing to install the server computers in a 40U 19" rack assembly. This assembly is approximately 73H X 23W X 36D. This will provide a convenient and organized installation of the server computers and communications equipment. This rack must be located near the communication cable termination point. To aid in moving the rack into the City's office, all major equipment assemblies will be added after the rack has been installed. 1 icons is a trademark of Econolite Control Products, Inc. Section 4 — Hardware Architecture Page 4-1 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 This rack will include power conditioning and transient protection for the server computers via a rack mounted 2000 watt UPS unit. The UPS serving the communication server will also supply power to the communications equipment supported by that server. The City will need to provide a 120VAC, 6011z, single phase, 20-amp circuit to supply power to the rack. The wall outlet must be a NEMA 5-20 receptacle and needs to be located within 48 inches of the back of the rack, between floor level and 12 inches up the wall (to allow enough cable slack for routing inside the rack) A single keyboard, 17" SVGA monitor, and mouse will be included with the rack assembly. A Keyboard/Video/Mouse switch will be included to allow connecting the keyboard/monitor/mouse to the two server computers. Computers The City's RFP made reference the City's Information Technology Policies and Standards. After reviewing the equipment specified in this document, Econolite chose to propose Hewlett Packard server and Dell desktop workstation equipment. Econolite would be pleased to work with the City on other computer configurations if desired. File Server The icons traffic applications/file server computer will be a rack mount HP NetServer LPr or HP's current equivalent. The specification for the file server is as follows: Computer: HP NetServer LPr, Pentium 111850 MHz Memory: 128MB SDRAM Hard Drive: (1) 9.1GB Pluggable Hard Drive Diskette Drive: 1.44 MB Diskette Drive CD ROM: 24X CD-ROM Video Card: Integrated with 1 MB of video RAM Network Controller: On -Board 10/100 NIC Server Management and Modems: 2-56K Internal Modems Operating System: Windows NT@ Server 4.0 NT Server Resource Kit Database Server Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Tape Drive: External 20/40GB HP Superstore DLT40E Backup Exec 2000 with Remote Server Agent Keyboard, Monitor, and Mouse included as part of equipment rack Section 4 — Hardware Architecture Page 4-2 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 Communications Server The icons communication server computer will be a rack mount HP NetServer LPr or HP's current equivalent. The specification for the communications server is as follows: Computer: HP NetServer LPr, Pentium III 850 MHz Memory: 128MB RAM Hard Drive: (1) 9.1GB Pluggable Hard Drive Diskette Drive: 1.44 MB Diskette Drive CD ROM: 24X CD-ROM Video Card: Integrated with 1 MB of video RAM Network Controller: On -Board 10/100 NIC Operating System: Windows NTO Server 4.0 Communications Card RocketPort 32 Port Serial Card Two RM16 16-port interface units included in equipment rack Workstations The three icons desktop workstation computers will be Dell OptiPlex GX110 or current equivalent (City of Fort Collins High End Standard Workstation). The specification for the workstation is as follows: Computer: OptiPlex GX110, Pentium III Processor at 866 MHz, Mini Tower case Memory: 256MB SDRAM Monitor: 21" - Dell SVGA Monitor Video Card: NVIDIA M64 16MB PCI Video Card Hard Drive: 20GB EIDE Floppy Drive: 1.44MB Floppy Drive 3 CD-ROM: 20/48X CD-ROM Network Controller: On -Board 3Com 10/100 NIC Operating System: Section 4 — Hardware Architecture Page 4-3 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 Microsoft® Windows® NT 4.0 Workstation Keyboard: Standard Dell keyboard Mouse: Standard Dell 2-button Power Strip with Transient Protection Central Equipment Rack The server computers and associated equipment will be mounted in a 40U rack enclosure. The enclosure will include a 17" SVGA monitor, keyboard and mouse that will be shared between the two server computers using a keyboard/video/mouse switch. The rack will also include a 12 —port 10/100 switch (Cisco Catalyst 2900 or equivalent) to control the traffic management system local area network. The communications equipment will include two RM-16 RS232 interface units to provide a total of 32 communications ports. The City's RFP did not fully define the interconnect to be used with the system. Based on information supplied by City staff and the City's consultant we have assumed that the initial configuration of the system will have 70 intersections connected via single mode fiber and 94 intersections connected via 4-wire leased lines. We have assumed that at least twelve (12) intersections will be include on each fiber channel and that the leased line circuits will have four (4) intersections per circuit. Based on these assumptions, the system will be delivered with one fiber optic modem rack with 6 modems and two leased line modem racks with a total of 24 modems. This provides the City with 30 communications channels. Expansion for future communications channels can be accomplished by adding appropriate modular components to the communications system. Time Source A TrueTime NMC-100 GPS Synchronized Network Master Clock will be included in the equipment rack as a time source for the system. Time will be synchronized between the various servers and workstations using NT resources. Printer No printer was defined in the City's RFP. As such, we have not included one in our proposal. A printer can be supplied by the City or added to our proposal during negotiations if desired. Local Area Network Econolite recommends that the icons traffic management system operate on its own local area network. This will eliminate possible problems with timely delivery of packets to the icons workstations. This is especially important during the display or real time information on the map displays. Due to the lack of information provide with the RFP we cannot insure proper operation of the system over the implied existing City Novell network. We would be happy to discuss the system network requirements with the City IT department. We have included a Cisco 10/100 switch in our proposed equipment to allow creating the recommended traffic Section 4 — Hardware Architecture Page 4-4 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 management system LAN. The icons system will use the TCP/IP protocol and will be managed by the Windows NT Server operating system. It should be noted that the system pricing does not include any equipment to interface to any existing LAN within the City of Fort Collins nor the installation of any LAN cabling to workstations. This is to be provided by others. Section 4 — Hardware Architecture Page 4-5 again become part of a local support community consisting of other cities and Econolite's technical staff. Econolite is committed to utilizing Fort Collins' current infrastructure as much as possible by marrying current field cabinets within the City and our ASC/2 series controllers. The enclosed proposal will detail the depth and breadth of Econolite's experience and capabilities and our commitment to the City of Fort Collins. We are proud of the experience our team brings to the project — from our R & D engineers, to our system design engineers through to our local support in Colorado. Econolite will be there to support the City of Fort Collins as the system grows and new technology is introduced to meet future ITS challenges. Econolite is excited by the prospect of teaming with Fort Collins to provide the most advanced and cost effective transportation management system available and we look forward to having the City become a part of the community of satisfied icons users in North America! Sincerely, ECONOLITE CONTROL PRODUCTS, INC. City network supplied by others Network Printer (Supplied by others) GPS Time Source Dial Up Network Connection Y UPS City of FL d Traffic ] -System Q Collins, Cisco Model 2900 10/100BaseTx Switch TOC Workstation (3 each) RocketPort 32 Port Serial Interlace Unit Communications Full Duplex Modems (Depending on interconnect capabilities) zCM0TM Communications and Tratfic Applications Servers (1 each) Local Controllers ASC/2S and/or 207OU207OLN �`• Local Controllers .� �. LAN Cabling Supplied By Others Full duplex modems and rack (2 rack leased line modems) (1 rack fiber optic modems) s` ECONNMIUM QOMT.M914 M%%Q.YgTi4.. 4M4 i n v e n t C-_a10 L— 9 the high -density powerhouse server with industry -leading rack density --plus great performance, availability, and management feature"he hp netserver Ipr is a cost-effective, modular solution for boosting network performance. The HP Netserver LPr delivers incredible features and value for fast-growing, demanding networks in its compact, 2U form factor: • Up to two Intel® Pentiumo III 700MHz, 750MHz, 800MHz, or 850MHz processors with 100MHz front -side bus • Up to 1 GB memory capacity with registered ECC SDRAM and memory scrubbing • Integrated Ultra2 SCSI controller with 80MB/sec data transfer rate • Four 32-bit PCI expansion slots • Support for 9GB (7,200rpm, 10,000rpm or 15,OOOrpm) and 18GB (7,200rpm or 10,000rpm) low -profile Ultra3 hot -swap hard disk drives, plus 36GB (10,000rpm) low -profile Ultra3 SCSI hot - swap disk drive • Hot-swappoble hard disks; with optional network interface card, supports redundancy, load balancing, and Cisco Fast EtherChannel; supports Microsoft® Cluster Server • Space -efficient design allowing up to 20 servers in a 2-meter rack enclosure; compatible with HP and industry -standard rack enclosures • HP Integrated Remote Assistant or optional HP Toptools Remote Control card for secure server access over a modem or LAN/WAN • HP Toptools for Servers with Web interface for device management and HP OpenView Manage-x Event Manager for NOS and application management • Support for highly dense, 3U HP Netserver Rack Storage/12 external mass storage enclosures • External SCSI connector for backup or external storage devices features performance processor Up to 2 Intel Pentium III 700MHz, 750MHz, 800MHz, and/or 850MHz processors with 100MHz bus cache • 256KB on -die cache per 700MHz, 750MHz, 800MHz, 850MHz ECC memory • 64MB high-performance 100MHz ECC SDRAM standard with memory scrubbing • 1GB maximum capacity 1/0 expansion slots 4 total 32-bit PCI: 3 full-length slots, 1 half-length slot occupied by preinstalled 10/100TX NIC controller Integrated Ultra2 SCSI controller with 80MB/sec data transfer rate mass storage system . 4 front -accessible (half -height) shelves — Two low -profile shelves for hot-swoppable drives — One 3.5-inch flexible disk drive — One CD-ROM drive maximum internal 72.8GB maximum (using two 36.4GB low -profile drives) storage video • Integrated; supports 1024x768, 256-color resolution at 60-75Hz • 1 MB standard video memory, upgradable to 2MB • Super VGA drivers available with operating system CD-ROM drive 24X max -speed EIDE flexible disk drive 3.5" 1.44MB flexible disk drive built-in 1/0 ports • One external 68-pin single -ended SCSI port • One 25-pin parallel port • Two 9-pin Serial/RS-232 ports • Video port • Mini -DIN keyboard and mouse ports • One remote management port (9-pin) self -restart capability Automatic Server Restart (ASR) that reboots the server in the event of a NOS hang self-correcting memory Manageable error checking and correcting (ECC) system memory and ECC cache memory testing features • Extensive built-in self -test • HP Server Saver Hardware Test Disk hot -swap disk drives . Supports 9.1 GB (7,200rpm or 10,000rpm), and 18.2GB (7,200rpm, 10,000rpm, or I5,OOOrpm) low -profile Ultra2 SCSI and Ultra3 disk drives • 36.4GB (10,000rpm) low -profile Ultra3 SCSI disk drives . Hot -swap and hot -spare support network interface . Preinstalled 10/100TX network interface card • Supports fault tolerance, load balancing, and Cisco Fast EtherChannel with optional second network interface card 2 features (continued) installation and • HP Netserver Navigator with automated, menu -driven system setup configuration and configuration • Guided network operating system installation • Automatic installation of monitoring tools • Event -specific status indicators remote administration . HP Integrated Remote Assistant provides emergency remote access via modem with a single event log and expanded inventory data collection for faster troubleshooting • Optional HP Toptools Remote Control card provides secure server access via LAN/WAN using Web browser -based interface, for troubleshooting and expanded diagnostics capabilities • File transfer capabilities for secure and easy remote updates • HP Toptools for Servers, a comprehensive server management solution with an intuitive browser -based user interface; facilitates troubleshooting, administration, and information collection • Industry -leading HP OpenView Manage-x Event Manager for managing the operating system • Easy integration with other leading network and system management products rack configuration rack -optimized design • 2U form factor (3.5" height) • Physically compatible with HP and industry -standard racks; fits four different sizes of rack enclosure (41, 33, 25, and 14 EIA units) r 1§..a,t z. ,yzv t^" supported operating • Novell NetWore and IntranetWare systems • Microsoft Windows NT*Server 3.51 and 4.0 • SCO OpenServer and UnixWare • Red Hat Linux 5.2/6.0 - system security • Startup password • Enable or disable serial port, flexible disk drives, and write operations to flexible disk drives ' See HP Netserver Management Web site at hap://www.hp.mm/ao/notsomer mamt 3 iy s rA T.s r s The HP Surestore DAT40 range is a DDS-4 tape drive with 40 GB capacity and a 3 MB/second transfer rate that combines the fastest DAT performance in the industry-40 GB in less than 2 hours —with highly reliable data backup and restore, and HP One -Button Disaster Recovery. hp surestore dot40 key features -HP One -Button Disaster Recovery does exactly what its name suggests, making it the world's fastest, simplest disaster recovery solution. -The world's fastest DDS drive transfers 40 GB in less than two hours. -Cuts almost two hours from a 40 GB backup compared to DLT 40, -HP's patented Advanced Sequence Detector and intelligent track positioning maximise write, read and interchange reliability. 'Complete out of the box solution ensures extremely economic total cost of ownership. 'Three-year Express Exchange. -Supponpack warranty upgrade available. technical specifications capacity 20 GB native, 40 GB with hardware dola compression on a DDS-4 data cartridge recording format ANSI/ISO/ECMA, DDS-2, DDS-3 and DDS-4 media DDS-4 (40 GB), DDS-3 (24 GB), DDS-2 (8 GB) Media Recognition System cartridges (No 60 m DDS-1 tape compatibility, 90 m DDS-1 tapes read only) interface LVD/SE Wide Ultra SCSI-2 sustained transfer rate 3 MB/s (10.8 GB/h) native, 6 MB/s (21.6 GB/h) with hardware data compression burst transfer rate 6 MB/s maximum asynchronous, 40 MB/s maximum synchronous search speed 50 seconds average file access time using a DDS-4 data cartridge MTBF 400,000 hours at 12% duty cycle dimensions (h x w x d) DAT40i: 1.6 x 5.8 x 6.4 in (41 x 147 x 162 mm) DAT40e: 3.7 x 4.6 x 8.7 in (95 x 116 x 220 mm) weight DAT40i: 2.2 lb (1 kg ) DAT40e: 4.6 lb (2.1 kg) form factor (internal) 5.25 in (8.9 cm), half -height, or 3.5 in (8.9 cm) half -height power requirements DAT40i: +5V DC, 0.9A; +12V DC, 1.5A peak (< 1 sec) +5V DC, 0.5A; +12V DC, 0.5A typical DAT40e: 100-240V, 0.5A, 50-60 Hz hardware warranty Three-year Express Exchange all products include' Installation Guide, HP Surestore Tape CD-ROM (containing electronic User's Guide, drivers, HP Topeassure & HP Tape Tools software diagnostics), Yosemite Technologies CD (containing TapeWare software, supporting Windows 95, 98, NT Server and NetWare 4.x and 5.x, Red Hat Unux 5.2 & 6, and W ndowso 2000), HP One -Button Disaster Recovery is supported by Windows Nl®, Windows 95, 98, 2000, NetWare 4.x, 5.x and Linux, warranty registration card. DAT40i also includes: 3.5 in conversion kit, HP Netserver Lseries mounting tray, HP Brio/Vectro/Koyak and HP Netserver E-series rails, Compaq rails, mounting screws. DAT40e also includes: SCSI cable (68 pin to 68 pin, LVD/SE Ultra2 capable, 0.9 meter), LVD/SE SCSI multi mode terminator, power cable. ordering information C5686A HP Surestore DAT40i-40 GB internal DAT drive for PC or UNIX® C5687A HP Surestore DAT40e-40 GB external DAT drive for PC or UNIX H3155A/E HP Supponpack 3-year, next -day response (DAT external) H4616A/E HP Supponpack 3-year, 4-hour response (DAT external) erode -ready ordering C5685C HP DDS-4 trade -ready internal drive, 40 GB" information Except trodaready products "Assuming 2:1 compression Kid e i n v e n t media ordering information F# E Y a 2� a Recommended media (optimum speed/capacity( E C E C 8 c C 8� N C 9� Y b c C ♦ Read compatible only in, rn „ H N $ ■ Compatible only medic se lv es ri „ vi w n n n 3 • All colocafies and transfer rates quoted as typical use a 2:1 compression ratio; this may C C C C C C wry since compression is dab dependent dn,c,ipti.. product no c.mprc,,cd .8 s B 2 B r B -ic .E F 2 i Capacity HP DDS-1 90 an single data cartridge HP C5706A 4 GB * ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ His DDS-2 120 m single data cartridge HP C5707A 8 GIR * ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ HP DDS-3 125 as single data cartridge His C5708A 24 GB + # + ■ ■ ■ ■ HP DDS-4 150 on single data cartridge His C571 BA 40 GB His DDS single cleaning cartridge His C5709A 50 cleans * * * * * * in # #se His DDS autoloader magazine; empty HP C1571A n/a In * * # His DDS autoloader magazine; 5 x 120 on HP C1572A 5.8 ■ ■ ■ ■ cartridges & 1 cleaning cartridge His DDS aalolc as er magazine; 5 x 125 to His C1570A 5.24 cartridges & 1 cleaning cartridge His DDS autoloader magazine; 5 x HP C7436A 5 a 40 150 an cartridges & 1 cleaning cartridge DDS cartridge storage box; holds 12 cartridges HP 922831. n/a ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ His DLTlape" BIXT cartridge HP C5141 A 30 GB ■ ■ HP DLTtape" IV cartridge HP C5141 F 40/80 GB HP DLTtape" cleaning cartridge HP C5142A n/a * # HP DUl cleaning cartridge HP C7998A n/o Products 11 be shipped in maser mrbns DDS Data Cartridges must be ordered from HP in multiples of 10 and cleaning cartridges in multiples of 2 UNIX Is a registered trademark of The Open Group. Windows and Windows NT ore U S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Technical Info,.Ii n In this document is subject to change without notice. ® Copyright Hewlett Packard Comporry 2000 II/00 59803893ENUC 11 11- VJJLU IOA UJ IIV Yage 1 01.3 System Processors and Chipset Intel® Pentium III processors with Intel® 810E chipset Processors/front side bus: 1.OB/133GHz, 933/133 MHz, 866/133MHz, 800/133 MHz or 733/133 MHz with 32KB L1 internal cache and 256KB integrated L2 (iL2) Advance Transfer cache at full processor speed Memory Two gold plated DIMM slots support 64 - 512MB Non-ECC 100 MHz SDRAM memory Storage and Ports Storage Hard Drives: Enhanced IDE S.M.A.R.T. II Ultra ATA/66 10, 20, and 40GBI 7200 RPM hard drives Optical Devices: Optional: 48X Max (Low -Profile, Mid -size and Mini -Tower Chassis) or 24X Max slimline (Small Form Factor Chassis) variable speed EIDE CD-ROM drives Optional: 8X/4X/32X EIDE CD-RW drive (Low -Profile, Mid -size and Mini -Tower Chassis) Optional: 12X/8X/32X EIDE CD-RW drive (Low -Profile, Mid -size and Mini -Tower Chassis) Optional: 12X EIDE DVD-ROM drive (Low -Profile, Mid -size and Mini -Tower Chassis) Optional: 16X EIDE DVD-ROM drive (Low -Profile, Mid -size and Mini -Tower Chassis) Optional: 8X EIDE DVD-ROM drive (Small Form Factor Chassis) Removable Media: 3.5" Floppy Drive Optional: Zip 250 or Zip 100MB2 removable media drives (Zip 100MB on Small Form Factor replaces 3.5" Floppy Drive; Zip 250 or Zip 100 in Low -Profile, Mid - Size, and Mini -Tower Chassis is installed in 5.25" external bay.) 1/O Ports 2 USB ports - 2 serial ports 1 parallel port RJ-45 network port 2 PS/2 ports (keyboard and mouse) Audio and Video Audio and Speakers Audio : Optional: Integrated AC '97 Audio with Yamaha S-YXG50 SoftSynthesizer" software Optional: Creative Labs Sound Blaster Audio PCI sound card (64 voice) Optional: Creative Labs Sound Blaster Livel Value Digital PCI sound card (512 voice) Sound options include: External connectors for microphone, stereo input and http://www.dell.com/us/enibsd/products/model_optix_3_optix_gx110.htm 4/2/01 1 VII - upur ICA %JAI IV Yage 2 of j stereo -amplified output for speakers or headphones, internal TAP[ connector for telephony modem support Speakers : • Optional: Internal Dell business audio speaker (mono) 'Optional: harman/kardon® HK-19.5 external speakers ' Optional: Altec Lansing° ACS-340' external speakers with subwoofer Integrated Video and Monitors Video: Integrated Intel 3D Graphics with Direct AGP and a 4MB display cache using Intel Dynamic Video Memory Technology (DVMT) that allocates a portion of system memory for graphics and video operations when needed Optional: nVidia TNT2 M64 16MB PCI graphics card Flat Panel Monitors : Optional: Dell 1701 FP 17" (17.0" viewable) Flat Panel Display Optional: Dell 1503FP 15" (15.0" viewable) Flat Panel Display Performance Monitors : Optional: Dell P1110 21" (19.8" viewable) Flat Display Trinitron® Monitor Optional: Dell P991 19" (17.9" viewable) Flat Display Trinitron® Monitor Optional: Dell P780 17" (16.0" viewable) Flat Display Trinitron® Monitor Multimedia Monitors : Optional: Dell M781 mm 17" (16.0" viewable) Monitor with integrated Speakers Optional: Dell E550mm 15" (13.8" viewable) Monitor with integrated Speakers Mainstream : Optional: Dell M991 19" (17.9" viewable) Monitor Optional. Dell M781 p 17" (16.0" viewable) Monitor Optional: Dell M570 15" (13.8" viewable) Monitor Value Monitors : • Optional: Dell E771 p 17" (16.0" viewable) Monitor • Optional: Dell E551 15" (13.8" viewable) Monitor Additional Features Slots Small Form Factor Chassis: 2 PCI half-length Low -Profile Chassis: 3 PCI Mid -Size Chassis: 5 PCI Mini -Tower Chassis: 5 PCI Network Interface and Modems Network Interface: Integrated 3Com® Etherlink 10/100 PCI LAN controller with ACPI and Remote Wake Up Optional: PCI Ethernet and PCI Token Ring network adapter cards Modems: 'Optional: Dell® Data/Fax 561<3 V.90 PCI Windows Modem Optional: 3Com® Data/Fax/Voice 561<3 V.90 PCI Controller -based Modem Keyboards and Mice Keyboards : QuietKey® (Spacesaver) keyboard http://www.dell.com/us/enibsd/products/model_Optix_3_optix_gx110.htm 4/2/O1 11 Il- VPLIT IVA %JAl1V Page 3 of 3 Optional: Performance (Mechanical) keyboard Optional: Microsoft"Internet Keyboard, Dell Edition Mice: Dell 2-button PS/2 Mouse Optional: Microsoft 2-button PS/2 Mouse Optional: Microsoft 2-button PS/2 Intellimouse (wheelmouse) Software Factory Installed Operating Systems : Microsoft Windows® 2000 Professional, Microsoft® Windows Nr 4.0 Workstation SP 4 and 5, Microsoft Windows® 98 Second Edition;Red Hat® Linux 7.0 Chassis Small Form Factor Chassis with optional tower orientation: H: 3.6" W: 12.5" D: 14.9" Low -Profile Chassis with optional tower orientation: H: 4.3" W: 16.1" D: 17.2" Mid -Size Chassis with optional tower orientation: H: 6.5" W: 16.5" D: 17.2" Mini -Tower Chassis: H: 17.5" W: 8.1" D: 17.2" Power Small Form Factor Chassis: 110W power supply Low -Profile Chassis: 145W power supply Mid -size Chassis: 200W power supply Mini -Tower Chassis: 200W power supply Services Installation Services: Basic, Classic and Comprehensive4 Mircosoft Windows NT/Windows 2000 Support Software Application Support Resolution Assistant - Online e-Support Custom Factory Integration Service Standard 3 Yr Next Business Day On -Sites Service Optional: 3 Yr Same Day 4-hour Response Service; 5 days x 10 hourss a day Optional: 3 Yr Same Day 4-hour Response Service; 7 days x 247 hours a day Management Standards: Desktop Management Interface (DMI) 2.0s, CIM, WBEM, Wired for Management (WfM) 2.0,SNMP, SM BIOS 2.3, APM, Advanced Control and Power Interface 1.0 (ACPI), DDC2b; multiple remote- boot protocol supported Key Support Features: Remote system alerts, Remote BIOS flash, Remote BIOS configuration, Remote Wake Up capable, DMI information export to SMS, DIMM Pre -Failure Alert, Asset Tag, Property Ownership Tag, Chassis Intrusion Alert, DMI Configuration Change Alert, Enhanced SMART II HDD Alerts 'Management Alliances and Platforms: DeIIT" OpenManageT", Computer Associates, Intel, Hewlett Packard® , Microsoft, ON Technology, Seagate® Software, Tally Systems, Tangram, Tivoli Systems http://www.dell.com/us/enibsd/products/model_optix_3_optix_gxl 10.htm 4/2/01 1 ULI - UpnrICA, U_AI I Page 1 of 1 Available Models Small Form Factor Chassis d Low -Profile Chassis p Mid -size Desktop Chassis o Mini Tower Chassis r� Front View p Back View Mini Tower Chassis The design for those who demand the most expandability f in an OptiPlex chassis Dimensions •17.5"height x 8.1" width x 17.2" depth Front View Expansion Slots • Five PC] slots standard • Optional Three PC[, two PCl/ISA, two ISA slots 1/O Ports • 2 USB ports • 2 serial ports • 1 parallel port • 2 PS/2 ports (keyboard and mouse) • 1 RJ45 network port Drive Bays • One internal 1" hard drive • One internal 1.6" hard drive • One external 3.5' Three external 5.25" Power Supply • 200 watts Security • Chassis intrusion alert • Built-in cable lock slot http://www. dell.com/us/en/bsd/products/model_mini_optix_2_optix_gx 110.htm 4/2/01 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 - ECONOLITE � C O N T R O L PRODUCTS, I N C. Section 1— Executive Summary This proposal has been prepared in response to the City of Fort Collins' Request for Proposals P-788 to provide an Advanced Traffic Management System. The Econolite iconsTM1 Advanced Traffic Management solution recommended in this proposal is a truly integrated system representing a unique blend of performance, leading edge technology and future expandability. icons is the result of utilizing the resources of Econolite, the recognized leader in traffic control and Siemens Gardner Transportation Systems (Siemens GTS), the leader in traffic control systems development. The result of the combination is a reliable, field proven and cost effective Traffic Management System that is versatile, modular, and expandable, and designed in an open architecture format to permit future additions and upgrades without the need to replace or modify the core systems hardware or software in the advent of new technology. With a population growth of 25,000 people in less than a ten-year period, the City of Fort Collins must provide its citizens with the best available Advanced Traffic Management System that addresses this growth without becoming obsolete. It is important to commit to a system which will provide good value and measurable benefits throughout the life of the system and be properly supported by the manufacturer throughout this period. Given the long life of traffic control hardware, intersection traffic controllers selected by the City of Fort Collins should also meet the more extensive technical standards of NEMA TS-2 and emerging ITS standards, and should be capable of NTCIP and AB3418E/+ communications protocols. This will assure the City of the highest level of performance from current and future intersection controllers. These standards offer increased levels of functionality, equipment interchangeability, diagnostic capabilities and an enhanced user interface. It must be noted, that without such controllers, it will not be possible for the City of Fort Collins to meet many of the elements requested in part IV, Project Description under Market Packages from the National Architecture. While many of these are shown as part of the "system", they can only be implemented at the local controller level. Econolite Control Products Inc., the technology leader in the traffic profession for decades, has been providing traffic signal control equipment and systems since 1933. Econolite employs one of the largest staff of research and development engineers in the industry. The result of our efforts is the continuous introduction of new capabilities, in reliable, field -proven systems. Our latest controller developments are the ASC/2S series of TS-2 controllers, and the Model ATC2070, which meets all ATCATS Standards. With both controllers running Econolite ASC software, the City of Fort Collins would be guaranteed the most advanced controller features and operation available in the United I icons is a trademark of Econolite Control Products, Inc. Section 1 — Executive Summary Page 1- 1 L/ Il -vyur IVA 1J I1V rage iori Available Models p Small Form Factor Chassis j} Low -Profile Chassis p Mid -size Desktop Chassis o Mini Tower Chassis p Front View o Back View Mini Tower Chassis The design for those who demand the most expandability in an OptiPlex chassis Dimensions • 17.5" height x 8.1" width x 17.2" depth Back View Expansion Slots • Five PCI slots standard • Optional Three PCI, two PCIIISA, two ISA slots 1/O Ports • 2 USB ports • 2 serial ports • 1 parallel port • 2 PS/2 ports (keyboard and mouse) • 1 RJ45 network port Drive Bays • One internal 1"hard drive • One internal 1.6" hard drive • One external 3.5' • Three external 5.25" Power Supply • 200 watts Security • Chassis intrusion alert Built-in cable lock slot http://www.dell.com/us/en/bsd/products/model_mini_back_Optix_2_optix_gxl10.htm 4/2/01 Catalyst 2900 Series XL — Autosensing Fast Ethernet Switches Product Overview Cisco's Catalyst 2900 Series XL is a full line of 10/100 autosensing Fast Ethernet switches from the leader in networking that combine outstanding performance, ease -of -use and integrated Cisco IOS software. The Catalyst 2900 Series XL includes five models with different port densities, configuration options, and pricing to meet a broad range of network design requirements. Available in Standard and Enterprise Editions, the software embedded in Catalyst 2900 Series XL switches is upgradable so your investment is protected if your network grows or changes. The modular 24-port Catalyst 2924M XL switch is an excellent aggregation device, as well as the perfect solution for providing dedicated 10 or 100 Mbps bandwidth to individual users. The modular 12-port, all fiber Catalyst 2912MF XL switch is ideal for aggregating small and mid -sized campus networks over 10013aseFX fiber connections. The 12-port Catalyst 2912 XL, 24-port Catalyst 2924 XL and Catalyst 2924C XL switches are ideal for delivering low-cost, high- performance 10 or 100 Mbps bandwidth to individual users and servers. Catalyst 2900 XL Standard Edition switches include several exceptional features like EtherChannel (TM), Network Time Protocol, and Cisco Visual Switch Manager software to increase network performance at very affordable prices. All Standard Edition switches can be upgraded with the purchase of an optional Enterprise Edition Software Upgrade Kit. Enterprise Edition software includes all the features of the Standard Edition, and adds enhanced end -to -end VLAN support to your Catalyst 2900 XL switch. Virtual LAN trunks can be created from any port using either 802.1Q protocols or Cisco's ISL VLAN architecture. Cisco Switch Clustering technology is supported on all Catalyst 2900 XL switches. The Catalyst 2900 XL Command Software upgrade kit is available as an upgrade, allowing users to create a managed network with a single IP address. A switch cluster may contain up to 16 Catalyst 3500 XL, 2900 XL, and 1900 switches, regardless of physical location, connected via standards -based Ethernet, EtherChannel (TM), or Gigastack links. The two -port GigaStack GBIC offers a range of highly flexible stacking and performance options. Users can build stacks of up to nine Catalyst 2924M XL, 2912MF XL, and 3500 XL switches with the GigaStack GBICs in Gigabit Ethernet module slot. Key Features and Benefits • Cisco's advanced architecture incorporates a switch fabric of 3.2 Gbps and a forwarding rate of 3.0 million packets per second to deliver wire -speed performance across all ports. • The two versatile module slots of the Catalyst 2912MF XL and Catalyst 2924M XL provide expansion capabilities, higher -speed connectivity, and support for eight different feature modules, allowing users the flexibility to upgrade their networks and preserve their initial investment. —The four -port l0BaseT/l00BaseTX, two -port 100BaseFX, and four -port 10013aseFX modules for the Catalyst 2912MF XL and Catalyst 2924M XL allow customers to easily increase port density and provide higher -speed uplinks through bandwidth aggregation. —Single-port Gigabit Ethernet and Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) interface modules provide higher -speed links. —Each module provides industry -standard 802.1 Q and Inter Switch Link (ISL) VLAN trunking support. • Catalyst 2900 Series XL switches deliver easy -to -use management and advanced security features. —A Web -based interface, Cisco Visual Switch Manager, allows users to manage a virtual stack of up to five Catalyst 2900 XL switches from anywhere on the network through a standard browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator/Communicator. —Multilevel security on console access prevents unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration. —Autoconfiguration eases deployment by automatically configuring multiple switches across a network from a single boot server. • Integrated Cisco IOS software provides superior functionality for end -to -end integration, including bandwidth aggregation, intraswitch VLAN support, hot swap modules, and networked multimedia support. —Fast EtherChannel technology offers up to 800 Mbps of bandwidth between Catalyst series switches. Visit Cisco Connection Online at www.cisco.com —Support for up to 64 port -based VLANs per Standard Edition switch and Spanning Tree Protocol provides broadcast control, security; and simplified adds, moves and changes. —Cisco Group Management Protocol (CGMP) Fast Leave support reduces network traffic by allowing a switch to selectively and dynamically forward IP multicast traffic to targeted end stations, providing network support for multimedia and minimizing network traffic. —Support for up to 64 VLAN trunks using 802.1 Q and ISL trunking protocols on Enterprise Edition switches provides broadcast control, security; and simplified adds, moves and changes. Cisco 1000BaseT GBIC—Gigabit Interface Converter The Cisco I OOOBaseT Gigabit Interface Converter (GBIC) ism ideal solution for Catalyst 3500 Series XL and Catalyst 2900 Series XL customers, providing full duplex Gigabit Ethernet connectivity to high -end workstations and between wiring closets over existing copper infrastructures. The GBIC technology leverages the industry's flexible, standards -based 1000BaseX design allowing for a simple and low-cost migration path to Gigabit Ethernet. The availability of the new 1000BaseT GBIC increases the deployment and application flexibility of the Catalyst 3500 Series XL and 2900 Series XL with a range of media transceivers that include multiple stacking options, short -and long -haul fiber, and copper connectivity (including SX, LX/LH, ZX, TX, and Cisco Gigastack converters). For more information, see Specifications Hardware Table 21-109: Technical Specifications for the Catalyst 2900 XL Series Description Specification Performance 3.2 Gbps switching fabric 3.0 million packets -per -second forwarding rate for 64-byte packets 1.6 Gbps max forwarding bandwidth 4 MB shared memory architecture shared by all ports Packet forwarding rate for 64-byte packets: 14,880 packets per second (pps) to 10 Mbps ports 148,800 pps to I0OBaseT ports 8192 Media Access Control (MAC) addresses (Catalyst 2912MF XL and Catalyst 2924M XL) 2048 MAC addresses (Catalyst 2912 XL, 2924 XL, and 2924C XL) Management SNMP Management Information Base (MIB) II, SNMP MIB extensions, Bridging MIB (RFC 1493) Standards IEEE 802.3x Full Duplex on IOBaseT and I OOBaseT ports IEEE 802.ID Spanning -Tree Protocol IEEE 802.3u 10OBaseTX and 10OBaseFX specification IEEE 802.3 1OBaseT specification Connectors and Cabling IOBaseT ports: Rb45 connectors; two -pair category 3, 4, or 5 unshielded twisted -pair (UTP) cabling I0OBaseTX ports: RJ45 connectors; two -pair Category 5 UTP cabling IOOBaseFX ports: SC connector, 50/125- and 62.5/125-micron multimode fiber-optic cabling (only on Catalyst 2924C and 2-port and 4-port I OOBaseFX modules) Management console port: RJ-45 connector Indicators Per -port status LEDs — Link Integrity, Disabled, Activity, Speed, and Full -Duplex indications System status LEDs — System, RPS, Module Status, and Bandwidth Utilization indications Note All units include a limited lifetime return -to -factory warranty. 2 Cisco Product Catalog, March, 2001 Table 21-110: Power Requirements for the Catalyst 2900 XL Series Description Catalyst 2912 XL Catalyst 2912MF XL Catalyst 2924 XL Catalyst 2924C XL Catalyst 2924M XL AC input voltage 100 to 120/200 to 100 to 120/200 to 100 to 120/200 to 100 to I20/200 to 100 to 120/200 to 240 VAC (autoranging) 240 VAC (autoranging) 240 VAC (auto- 240 VAC (auto- 240 VAC (autoranging) 50 to 60 Hz 50 to 60 Hz ranging) 50 to 60 Hz ranging) 50 to 60 Hz 50 to 60 Hz DC input voltages +5V@8A;+12V@.SA +5V@12A, +5V@BA;+12V@.5A +5V@8A;+12V@.5A +5V@12A, +12V@.75A,+5V@24 +12V@.75A,+5V@24 A,+12V@!A (with 2 A,+12V@IA(with 2 modules installed) modules installed) Power consumption 70W 90W; 170W (maximum 70W 70W 90W; 170W (maximum with 2 modules with 2 modules installed) installed) Table 21-111: Physical and Environmental Specifications for the Catalyst 2900 XL Series Description Catalyst 2912 XL Catalyst 2912MF XL Catalyst 2924 XL Catalyst 2924C XL Catalyst 2924M XL Operating temperature 32 to 122°F 32 to 1227 32 to 122'F 32 to 1227 32 to 122'F (0 to 50'C) (0 to 50'C) (0 to 50'C) (0 to 50'C) (0 to 50'C) Storage temperature 4 to 1497 -4 to 149'F -4 to 149'17 4 to 1497 -4 to 149'F (-20 to 65'C) (-20 to 65'C) (-20 to 65'C) (-20 to 65'C) (-20 to 65'C) Operating humidity 10 to 85% 10 to 85°% 10 to 85% 10 to 85% (noncondensing) (noncondensing) (noncondensing) (noncondensing) 10 to 85°% (noncondensing) Altitude Up to 10,000 ft Up to 10,000 ft Up to 10,000 ft Up to 10,000 ft Up to 10,000 ft (3000 m) (3000 m) (3000 m) (3000 m) (3000 m) Weight 7 lb (3.2 kg) 13.5 lb (6.12 kg) 7 lb (3.2 kg) 7 lb (3.2 kg) 13.5 lb (6.12 kg) 15 lb (6.8 kg) with two 15 lb (6.8 kg) with two modules installed modules installed Dimensions 1.73 x 17.5 x 10 in. 3.46 x 17.5 x 12 in. 1.75 x 17.5 x 14.25 in 1.75 x 17.5 x 14.25 in 3.46 x 17.5 x 12 in. (HxWxD) (4.4 x 44.5 x 25.4 cm) (8.8 x 44.5 x 30.5 cm) (4.4 x 44.5 x 36.2 cm) (4.4 x 44.5 x 36.2 cm) (8.8 x 44.5 x 30.5 cm) Software For software specification information, access Cisco Connection Online at http://www.cisco.com. Visit Cisco Connection Online at www.cisco.com 3 Ordering Information Whereto buy Cisco products Visit http://www.cisco.com/public/ordering—info.shtml Product and Part Numbers Part Numbers for the Catalyst 2900 Series XL Part Description Part Number Catalyst 2900 Workgroup Switches 12-port 10/100 Switch (Enterprise Edition) WS-C2912-XL-EN 12-port 100BaseFX Switch With Two WS-C2912MF-XL Module Slots (Enterprise E 24-port 10/100 Switch (Enterprise Edition) WS-C2924-XL-EN 22-port 10/100+2100BaseFX Pon WS-C2924C-XL-EN (' Switch (Enterprise Edition 24-port 10/100 Switch w/Two Module WS-C2924M-XL-EN Slots (Enterprise Edition 24-port 10/100 Switch w/ Two Module WS-C2924M-XL-EN-DC Slots (DC -Powered) Catalyst 2924 XL Enterprise Edition, 5- WS-C2924-XL-EN-5P Pack - Catalyst 2924C XL Enterprise Edition, 5- WS-C2924C-XL-EN-5P Pack Catalyst 2924M XL Enterprise Edition, 5- WS-C2924M-XL-EN-5P Pack One 2924M XL -EN and two 2924 XL -EN, W S-C2900-XL-EN-56 56-port Stack Pack One 2924M XL -EN and four 2924 XL -EN, W S-C2900-XL-EN-104 104-port Stack Pack Catalyst 2948G Switch,48 IO/IOOTX(RJ- WS-C2948G 45)+2 1000X GBIC Slots Catalyst 2948G-L3 Layer 3 Switch -48 10/ WS-C2948G-L3 = 100,2 GBIC Slots 3 Catalyst 2948G Switches WS-C2948G-3PACK Catalyst 29SOG Switch, 80 10/ WS-C2980G IOOTX(RJ45)+2 1000X (GBIC Slot) 4 Fast EtherChannel cables, Application WS-C2900-XL-EXPKT Note Modules for the Catalyst 2900 4-port 10/100 ISL/802. IQ Switch Module WS-X2914-XL-V 2-port IOOBaseFX ISL/802.IQ Switch WS-X2922-XL-V Module - 4-port 10OBaseFX iSL/802.IQ Switch WS-X2924-XL-V Module I OOOBaseX uplink for Catalyst 2900 XL WS-X2931-XL IOOOBaseT uplink for Catalyst 2900 XL WS-X2932-XL IOOOBaseT GBIC Gigabit Interface WS-G5482 Converter 4 Cisco Product Catalog, March, 2001 Part Descrlptlon Part Number Catalyst 2900 XL Series ATM 155 UTP WS-X2951-XL Module Catalyst 2900 XL Series ATM 155 WS-X2961-XL Multimode Fiber Module Catalyst 2900 XL Series ATM 155 SM WS-X2971-XL Fiber Medium Reach Modul Catalyst 2900 XL Series ATM 155 Single WS-X2972-XL Mode Long Reach IOOOBASE-SX "Short Wavelength" GBIC WS-G5484 (Multimode only) IOOOBASE-SX WS-G5484= IOOOBASE-LX/LH "long haul' GBIC WS-G5486 (singlemode or multimode) IOOOBASE-LX/LH WS-G5486= Catalyst 2900 XL Workgmup Switches 12-port 10/100 Switch (Enterprise Edition) WS-C2912-XL-EN 12-port IOOBaseFX Switch With Two WS-C2912MF-XL Module Slots (Enterprise E 24-port 10/100 Switch (Enterprise Edition) WS-C2924-XL-EN 22-port 10/100+2100BaseFX Port WS-C2924C-XL-EN Switch (Enterprise Edition 24-port 10/100 Switch wllwo Module WS-C2924M-XL-EN Slots (Enterprise Edition Catalyst 2924 XL Enterprise Edition, 5- WS-C2924-XL-EN-SP Pack Catalyst 2924C XL Enterprise Edition, 5- WS-C2924C-XL-EN-5P Pack Catalyst 2924M XL Enterprise Edition, 5- WS-C2924M-XL-EN-5P Pack One 2924M XL -EN and two 2924 XL -EN, W S-C2900-XL-EN-56 56-port Stack Pack One 2924M XL -EN and four 2924 XL -EN, W S-C2900-XL-EN-104 104-port Stack Pack Accessories for the Catalyst 2900 XL 4 Fast EtherChannel cables, Application WS-C2900-XL-EXPKT Note Modules for the Catalyst 2900 XL 4-port 10/100 ISU802. IQ Switch Module WS-X2914-XL-V 2-port 100BaseFX ISL/802.IQ Switch WS-X2922-XL-V Module 4-port IOOBaseFX ISL/802.1Q Switch WS-X2924-XL-V Module 1000BaseX uplink for Catalyst 2900 XL WS-X2931-XL IOOOBaseT uplink for Catalyst 2900 XL WS-X2932-XL Catalyst 2900 XL Series ATM 155 UTP WS-X2951-XL Module Catalyst 2900 XL Series ATM 155 WS-X2961-XL Multimode Fiber Module Catalyst 2900 XL Series ATM 155 SM WS-X2971-XL Fiber Medium Reach Modul Visit Cisco Connection Online at www.cisco.com 5 - Part Description Part Number Catalyst 2900 XL Series ATM 155 Single WS-X2972-XL Mode Long Reach GigaStack Stacking GBIC and 50cm cable WS-X3500-XL IOOOBASE-SX "Short Wavelength' GBIC WS-G5484 (Multimode only) I OOOBASE-LX/LH "long haul' GBIC WS-G5486 (singlemode or multimode) Software for the Catalyst 2900 XL Catalyst 2900-XL Enterprise Edition WS-C2900-SA6-EN Software Catalyst 2900-XL Enterprise Software, 10- W S-C2900-SA6-10EN system license Catalyst 2900-XL Cluster Command WS-C2900-SA6-CM Software Power Options for the Catalyst 294BG Switch _ 600W Redundant AC Power System With PWR600-AC-RPS-CAB DC Power Cables 600W Redundant AC Power System W/O PWR600-AC-RPS-NCAB DC Power Cables RPS 22/08 Two -to -one DC Power Cable CAB-RPSY-2208 (C2500 & MC 3810 only) RPS 22/08 Two -to -one DC Power Cable CAB-RPSY-2208= RPS 22/I8 Two -to -one DC Power Cable CAB-RPSY-2218 RPS 22/I8 Two -to -one DC Power Cable CAB-RPSY-2218= RPS 22/08 Load Cable (C2500 & MC3810 CAB-RPS-2208 only) RPS 22/08 Load Cable (C2500 & MC3810 CAB-RPS-2208= only) RPS 22/18 Load Cable CAB-RPS-2218 RPS 22/18 Load Cable CAB-RPS-2218= Catalyst 2900 Agent Licenses CATALYST 2900 RMON AGENT W S-C2900-EMS-LIC LICENSE Catalyst 2926 RMON License WS-C2926-EMS-LIC Catalyst 2948G RMON Agent License WS-C2948G-EMS-LIC Catalyst 2900 Feature Licenses Advanced IP License FR2948GL3-IP Advanced IP License FR2948GL3-IP= IPX License FR2948GL3-IPX IPX License FR2948GL3-IPX= Catalyst 2900 Accessories Rack Mount Kit for 2RU Catalyst 2820 STK-RACKMOUNT-2RU= and 2900XL Rack Mount Kit for 1RU Catalyst STK-RACKMOUNT-IRU= 1900,2900XL,3500XL & FastHub Rack Mount Kit for 1.5RU Catalyst STKRACKMOUNTI.SRU= 2948G-L3, 4908G-L3 6 Cisco Product Catalog, March, 2001 Part Description Part Number Catalyst 2980G RMON Agent License WS-C2980-EMS-LIC= (Spare) Catalyst 2980G Rack Mount Kit (Spare) WS-X2980G-RACK= Catalyst 2948G Rack Mount Kit (spare) WS-X2948G-RACK= Documentation For part numbers for product specific documentation, visit http://v w cisco.com/mivercd/ec/td/doc/pcat/swdo_di.htm Example Configuration High Performance Desktop Connectivity (10/100 to the desktop) The Catalyst 2924M XL, the Catalyst 2912 XL, Catalyst 2924 XL, and Catalyst 2924C XL can all be deployed as high- performance solutions for providing 10/100 directly to the desktop. The Catalyst 2924 XL or Catalyst 2924C XL offer the lowest price per port and Fast EtherChannel uplink capability in a fixed configuration, while the Catalyst 2924M XL offers Fast EtherChannel and a clear migration path to Gigabit Ethernet and ATM. The Catalyst 2924C XL will be used in networks where there is a need to deploy high performance 10/100 desktop connectivity over an extended distance (up to 2 km). Enterprise Workgroup and Server Aggregation The Catalyst 2924M XL will be deployed in wiring closets to aggregate workgroup networking devices such as Fast Ethernet hubs, Ethernet hubs and switches, and workgroup servers. EtherChannel technology allows customers to logically "bond" multiple Fast Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet links, creating a high -capacity uplink to the corporate/campus backbone. The Gigabit Ethernet and ATM uplink modules (Catalyst 2912MF XL and 2924M XL only) provide customers with standards - based higher -speed connection. The Catalyst 2912MF XL is ideal for aggregating geographically disbursed Fast Ethernet workgroups over I OOBaseFX fiber connections on a small or midsize campus environment. Two high-speed uplink slots enable users to add up to eight additional 100BaseFX or IO/BaseT/l OOBaseTX ports. Workgroup and Server Aggregation for Small- to Medium-sized Networks Both the Catalyst 2912 XL and the Catalyst 2924M XL will be used as a network backbone for small- to medium-sized network configurations. Either product can be used to aggregate the various network resources in the organization. Figure 21-13: High -Performance Desktop Connectivity Fast EtherChannel Catalyst 8500, 5500 and 4000 Series Enterprise switches Catalyst 2924C XL switch 10/100 workstations Visit Cisco Connection Online at www.cisco.com Figure 21.14: Enterprise Workgroup and Server Aggregation Hub Fast EtherChannel Catalyst 2924C XL switch FastHub 10/100 hubs Figure 21-15: Dispersed Small Campus Aggregation Catalyst 2924MF XL switch FastHub series 10/100 hubs 8 Cisco Product Catalog, March, 2001 Catalyst 8500, 5500 and 4000 Series Enterprise switches Fast EtherChannel or100BaseTX Catalyst 1900/ 2820 Series Ethernet switch Catalyst 8500, 5500 and 4000 Series Enterprise switches Fiber Fast EtherChannel or 100BaseFX connections Catalyst 1900/ 2820 Series Ethernet switch Local servers Catalyst 2900 XL 10/100 switch Catalyst 2900 XL 10/100 switch Figure 21-16: SMB Aggregation Backbone Catalyst 2924M XL or Visit Cisco Connection Online at w .cisco.com 10/100/1000 servers and workstations Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 States. Maximum icons performance can be achieved with these superior, full -featured traffic signal controllers. While most manufacturer's controllers that meet current industry standards will operate successfully on icons, Econolite controllers go that "one- step -further" to provide the City of Fort Collins a solid platform for addressing the traffic control needs of the community far into the future. Econolite's continued success and growth is based on the provision of long-term cost effective solutions to the traffic control needs of agencies like the City of Fort Collins. Econolite is committed to insuring a successful implementation of icons in the City of Fort Collins - every individual that will be involved in the system has been part of our RFP team. That means from Econolite's owner and CEO down to the technical support group will be working with the City of Fort Collins as a team! The specification details within the RFP submitted by The City of Fort Collins reflect the City's desire to procure a system that meets its needs and those of the traveling public, now and well into the 2151 Century. We understand that the City of Fort Collins desires a system that will not only provide advanced traffic control, but also a system that is the platform for total transportation management. icons fulfills that requirement. The Econolite RFP team has made every effort to satisfy all elements of the City of Fort Collins RFP P-788, but minimal detail in the document, and references to the City of Fort Collins "Information Technology Policies and Standards" present compliance problems if we are to make icons operate on the City's current LAN. Each of these concerns is addressed in the proposal Section "Detailed Response to Specifications". Since the City's new fiber-optic communications network is under construction, it is not possible at this time to accurately determine detailed system and integration costs. The full impact of a "mixed" temporary communications system is not known, and may present added cost to the City of Fort Collins during a somewhat lengthy and on -going integration period. Econolite firmly believes that the cost of a system does not end at the bid opening. The cost of ownership, also referred to as "life cycle costing", is a critical factor in evaluating a system. That critical factor is considered each and every time Econolite develops a new hardware or software product. It is obvious from the City of Fort Collins specification that the cost of ownership is important as well. This portends a significant number or reviews of system concept and design criteria in order to ascertain full compliance to the City's design and operational goals as presently outlined in the City's RFP specification. Section 1 — Executive Summary Page 1- 2 10 Cisco Product Catalog, March, 2001 1\ Av .0 VlL I\ui.n 1VIVMIt I1Rwla1 uO rage i of s • Product Photographs • RocketPort High Performance Serial Connectivity • Features at a Glance . Specifications . Ordering and,_Pricng o Back to Products Page Rack Mount Interfaces Data Sheet RocketPort Rack Mount Interfaces The RocketPort RM16-RJ45 and RM32-RJ45 are rack mountable I/O connector interfaces for the industry -leading RocketPort serial communications controllers. Combined with a RocketPort 16- or 32-port controller installed in an ISA, EISA, or PCI PC expansion slot, the RocketPort RM16- RJ45 and RM32-RJ45 provide either RS-232 or RS-422 interfaces via RJ45 connectors. Ideal for remote access, POS (point of sale), and industrial automation applications, the RM16- RJ45 and RM32-RJ45 products are designed to meet the needs for rack mounted installations, providing high density serial port access without the clutter and hassle of fan -out cables or multiple interface connectors. The RocketPort RM16-RJ45 provides sixteen RJ45 connections supporting either RS-232 or RS- 422 interfaces depending on model, a 10-foot host cable allowing easy access to any part of the rack, and mounting brackets. The RocketPort RM32-RJ45 provides thirty-two RJ45 connections (available in RS-232 only). Both the RocketPort RM16-RJ45 and RM32-RJ45 form factor measure only one "U" thickness (1.74") minimizing space requirements where rack space is a premium. A flexible design allows several units to be stacked on a shelf as well as being rack mounted. Additional mounting flexibility comes from bi-directional mounting —the RM16-RJ45 and RM32- RJ45 may be mounted in either direction, allowing connections to be made in the front or the back of the rack. Data transfer indicator LEDs located next to the RJ-45 connectors provide individual port activity at a glance. RocketPort High -Performance Serial Connectivity RocketPort products support all major operating systems, including: Microsoft@ Windows@ 2000, NT@, and 95/98; Novell@ NetWare@; Linux; SCO Unix; SCO OpenServerTM; QNX@; BSDI; SolarisTM; WinFrame, and DOS. In addition, the RocketPort drivers for the Windows NT and Windows 95 and 98 operating systems come equipped withRocketMon, a port monitoring program. RocketMON enables the system administrator to statistically view ports, detect errors, and measure activity levels on each port. WCOM, a terminal emulation program, is also included free of charge. The Comtrol RocketPort family of high-performance serial cards revolutionize multiport connectivity. They are more reliable, easier to use, and more cost-efficient than any other controller available on the market. Industry -leading performance of up to 230.4 Kbps full duplex across 32 ports simultaneously is the result of the controller's unique design features including: Dedicated on -board 36 MHz processors —one per every eight ports —to insure plenty of http://www.comtrol.com/sales/specs/rackl6.htm 4/11/2001 1\V VAVLl Vl L 1\4VA lY1V WLL 111LV316VVO ragc L 01 processing power to each port e I/O mapping to eliminate memory conflicts . The use of proprietary ASICs to yield the most reliable serial I/O performance For more information on the RocketPort multiport serial communications product line or the RM16-RJ45 Rack Mount Interfaces, contact the Comtrol sales department. track to. top. Features at a Glance . RS-232 or RS-422 models available . Individual LEDs display port activity • Up to 128 total R345 connections per system . Stackable or rackable Bi-directional mounting —cables in the back or front . 10' host cable for rack mounting flexibility Space saving —requires only one "U" thickness (1.74") track to top Specifications RM16-R745 RM16-R745 RM32-R745 RS-232 RS-422 RS-232 Number of Ports 16 16 32 Communication Interface RS-232 RS-422 RS-232 Baud Rate 50 to 230.4 Kbps 50 to 230.4 Kbps 50 to 230.4 Kbps Dimensions 16.75"W x 1.74"H x 8"D 17.25"W x 1.74"H x 8"D 17.25"W x 1.74"H x 8"D Conditions: Air Temperature System On: 0 to 400 C 0 to 400 C 0 to 400 C Air Temperature System Off: -20 to 800 C -20 to 800 C -20 to 80° C Altitude: 0 to 10,000 feet 0 to 10,000 feet 0 to 10,000 feet Humidity (non-cond.) System Off: 20% to 80% 20% to 80% 20% to 80% Signals: Pin 1: RTS TxD+ RTS Pin 2: DTR -- DTR Pin 3: GND -- GND Pin 4: TxD TxD- TxD Pin 5: RxD RxD- RxD http://www.comtrol.com/sales/specs/rackl6.htTn 4/11/2001 Modems MIU Modem Interface FOIU Fiber Optic Lin FO/MIU Fiber Optic with Dial -up Modems AC/DC POWERED SUBSTATION HARDENED Communication Interface Units A 2.4, 9.6 A 14.4 kbps Modems ♦ Direct Fiber Optic to Telco ♦ 48 to 220VAC/DC Power Supply A IEC801-4 Surge Protection ♦ -40% to +85% Operating Temp. For Meters, Relays, SCADA, etc. To service the growing need for efficient, reliable data communications in the harsh environments of utility substations and industrial facilities, Telenetics' has developed a family of data communications products that can operate from various AC/DC power supplies and survive high surge levels and extreme heat and cold. All this without compromising the performance expected from state-of-the-art communications devices. With the rapid move toward "intelligent' substations, where meters, relays, RTU's, SCADA systems, etc, are able to "talk" to a remote operator, communications devices such as modems are moving off the desk top and into the field, where the conveniences of 115VAC power outlets and climate control are usually hard to find. Telenetics has addressed this problem by developing a range of communication Interface Units (CIU's) designed specifically for harsh environments. The MIU2.4, 9.6 and 14.4 are highly sophisticated full duplex, V.221bis or V.321bis data modems that are designed to interface with RS232, RS485, 5V logic (TTL) or simple send and receive signals. They operate at full or half duplex on dial -up or 2-wire and 4-wire leased line systems. For fiber optic systems, the FOIU can operate as a line driver or repeater and the FO/MIU sends or receives data via fiber at one end and the telephone line at the other end. All of these devices are powered from a unique power supply that enables them to operate on any AC or DC voltage ranging from 48V to 220V. A low voltage version (9-36VDC) is also available. The CIO's are designed to work in temperatures from -40% to +85%, and are surge protected on both the power and analog lines. All of this is bundled in a 5-3/8' x 4' x 1-3/8" non-metallic enclosure, suitable for desktop or wall mounting. Also see our data sheets on the MIU/PowerPort low voltage modems, the Myriad' Rack Mount Modem Banks and the MIU202T (Bell 2027) modems. fi Models and Descriptions... MIU2.4 24001hps (V.22bis) Dial -Up Modem MI119.6 (9.6L) 96001hps (V.22bis) Dial -Up Modem (9.6L = 2 or 4-Wire Leased Line Modem) MIU14.4 (14.4L) 14400bps (V.32bis) Dial -Up Modem (14.41. - 2 or 4-Wire Leased Line modem) FOIU Fiber Optic Line Driver FO/MIU2.4 Fiber Optic Line Driver with internal 2400bps modem FO/MIU14.4 (14.4L) Fiber Optic Line Driver with internal 144001bps modem Multipoint Configuration... MIUx.x Public MIUz.x Switched " Telephone Network (PSTN) Dial Line Communications MNz.A MIUx.A Leased Line Communications FON FO/MIUx.x M[Ux.x FO Cable �' PSTN Combination Fiber Optic Cable/Dial Line Communications For paint-to-multipoint (multi -drop) communications, ask for information on our Bell 202T modems. Please call Telenetics at (949)455-4000 to discuss your specific application needs with our engineers. Document 00008 1000 Ielenetlrs is A registered trail of ❑Ieaetiu Corporation. All offer lradna,As are the property of their respective holders. KOW leleretits Corporetlm. All rights reserved. 1 Technical Specifications MID2.4 MM9i¢ MIU'14.4 EOrKudide Modem Line 2400, 1200, 2400, 1200, 14400, 9600, Speeds: 4800, 2400, n/a Asynchronous 300bps 300bps 1200, 3001aps DTE Rates: above 192001aps modem line speeds 9600, 57.6, 38.4, to (ie; with data _ 48001aps 19.2kbps up 2.5 miles compression) V.221bis, V.22 V.221bis, V.22 V.32bis, V.32 Standards: Bell 212A Bell 212A V.221hrs, V.22 n/a Bell 103 Bell 103 BBell ]03 1 Bell Dial Up MI112.4 MI119.6 MIU14.4 n/a 2 & 4-Wire No MIU9.6L' MN14.4L' n/a Leased Line Compatibility Hayes" Extended AT Command Set n/a Error Correction/ None MNP 2, 4, 5 & 10 n/a Data Compression V.42, V.421his Power Supply 48VAC/DC to 220VAC/DC (Optional 9-36VOC) Power Connector 4-ft AC Cord with 3-Pin Screw Terminal connector included Case Size 5-3/8' x 4" x 1-3/8' Digital Port RS232 with DB9 Connector OB9 to ST Analog Port RJ-11 Modular Jack Screw Terminals Surge Protection BkV [Exceeds IECB01-4] (Power Line) (20kV [IE801-5] available if required) Surge Protection (Analog Line) 5kVac 5kVac 3.75kVac Infinite Environment -40% to +85% 0 to 95% humidity (non -condensing) Certifications FCC Part 68, Industry Canada 'The standard 9.61. and 14.4L models are 4-wire, full or half duplex, point-to-point only. 2-wire, full duplex, point-to-point available an special order. Document 10008 1000 INer�elics is a registered tradlurk of leleneticv Corporation. All other tridenarks she the propertr of their respective holders. QNK Tlleneties Corponlion. All rl,hts reserved. Standard Features... i,rl ry el Il l ul l t r, I n I C' I r re J� l e rlli tt' hd >r I� i � i c.__ k•'g, i�ia3 ��-`y",, ,X , .. 'P°... lri,li` i I e 1 MOMMMMFO/MIU14.4 MMMMM Telenetics now offers Bell202T and V.23 modems for multi-drop/polling applications. All Telenetics modems are available in Myriad" Rack Mount Modem Banks. See separate brochures. Available Options... 1 RS422 Serial Interface -422 2 RS485 Serial Interface -485 3 9-36VDC Power Supply -LV 4 4 Foot Power Cable (Standard) Included 5 4 Foot Power Cable (High Surge) -HC 6 Type SMA Fiber Optic Cable Connections -SMA Your Local Telenetics Representative: 25111 Arctic Ocean Drive Lake Forest, CA 9263D tell . 949.455.4000 fax.949.455.4010 www.telenetia.con Order Code Example: MIU2.4-485-LY 2400bps Modem With Optional RS485 Interface With Optional 9-36VDC Power Supply Document 90008 1000 leleoetics is a registered tradesrk of teleaetio Corporation. All over trademarks are the property of their respectlre holders. ceddo lelerctlrs Cora lm. All rights reserves. °k 4. Modems AC/DC POWERED SUBSTATION HARDENED Rack Mount Modem Banks ♦ 18 Modem Slots ♦ Dial and Leased Line Modems ♦ Bell 202T (1200bps) to V.321bis (14.4 kbps) ♦ Nayes' AT Compatibility ♦ Full Array of LEDs ♦ Standard 19' x 5.25" (3U) EuroRack ♦ Powered from 9 - 275V AC or DC ♦ Dual Power Supplies (Auto Back Up) Performance Specifications and Features The Myriad Rack Mount Modem Bank is an industrial grade, 19' 3U (5.25'H) chassis with slots for 18 modem cards and 2 power supply cards. Each modem card can be installed with any of Telenetics' modem cards, from Bell 202T to V.32bis. The MYmrad can be powered from a wide range of AC or DC voltages. Two power supply cards can be installed to provide automatic back up in the event the primary power supply fails. The M04d will operate in temperatures from -20 to 85'C and is surge protected on both the power and analog lines. Modems Eighteen slots are provided for front -loading, hot-swappable modem cards. Each card can accommodate any one of the Telenetics (MD) modem cards listed in the table on the next page. Power Supplies Two power supply slots are provided. Power supply cards are available for any voltage in the range 9 - 150VDC and 9 - 275VAC. A single power supply card will power all 18 modem cards. A second power supply card, if installed, provides automatic backup in the event of a failure of the primary power supply. 25111 Arctic 0cCA ea''rive Lake Forest, 92630 tel. 949.455.4000 fax. 949.455.4010 wwe.telenetics.am Backplane (MDR) The backplane connectors are standard OB25 serial ports and RJII analog ports. Power connectors are screw terminals for DC and fused sockets (IEC 320) for AC. Backplane R OB25 Serial Data Ports LEDs Power, Dig, TAB, RAD, MR, CD, RTS, CTS, RI Myriad Modem Cards A Myriad (MD) modem card slides into any one of 18 slots in the MDR backplane and can be mixed in any combination of dial -up, leased -line or pilot -wire modems. MD cards can be removed while the rack is powered. MODEL* FUNCTION Modem Line Max DTE Standards Speed (Asynch) Rates MD2.4 Dial Up 24001hps 2400bps V.221bis V.22 Bel1212A, Bel1103 MD9.6 Dial Up 2400bps 19200 bps As Above MD9.66 Leased Line MD14.4 Dial Up 14400bps 57.6kbps V.321bis V.32 M1114.41, Leased Line plus Above MD202T Leased Line 12001hps 1200hps Be11202T V.23 MD9.6FP Leased Line 96001hps 96001hps Telenetics Proprietary MD9.6FPD Pilot Wire 9600bps 96001hps Telenetics Proprietary A An MO card is equivalent to an MDMC carrier card and PE modem module. a Document 10001 0700 lele2tla Ie A rtgbterN tndere.F 0 T,1,n,tk1 Corporation. All other tr+deud, m the prcperty of th,lr re,pttf,, holder,. w WWI,, c.,,atlon. All fight, rcservM. International Fiber Systems, Inc. FEATURES • RS-232 Repeater with data drop • Manually Rescuable Anti -Streaming for controller network protection. • RS-232C/D Data Format • 850 or 1300 non Multimode, or 1300 nm Single Mode Operation • Optional Ni-Cad battery back-up provides 12 hours of continuous operation in the event of toss of 115 VAC prime operating power. • LED Status Indicators • Full duplex communications capability • Supports Single and Dual -Master Traffic Signal Controller Communication System Architectures • Data rates DC to 100 Kbps • Meets NEMA TS-I ITS-2 & Caltrans Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications for Temperature, Shock, Vibration, Humidity, and Voltage Transient Protection • Ambient Operating Temperature -40° C to +740 C • Supports Transmission Distances to 42 miles (69 km) • Conformal coating available SPECIFICATIONS Data: RS-232 C/D Data Rate: DC to 100 Kbps Bit Error Rate: <IE9b ( maximum optical loss u get Anti -Streaming Time -Out: 41 01 16 32, 64 seconds, or infinity (disabled) Operating Temp: -40' C to +74' C, ambient Storage Temp: -40• C to +85° C, ambient Relative Humidity: 0% to 95% (non -condensing)' Wavelength: gg55 or 1300 nle ul(imode 1350 ram, Singode Number of Fibers: 4 Optical Loss Budget: 8 [o 14 dB, Multim e to 23 dB, Single ode Optical Emitter: 1300 r M,ddSingle Mode: LLLEtoorr 1(300 ram, Multimode: Battery Back -Up Option: ''rrirte nal, S If-C mtain d Rgc,ar80aale Nck�l-�admium Track a-. agged �a ery. Operating ertod: 2 h Ors, minimum, Add tiffli x •- to model number }tor battery option. LED tatus Indbato 1. ransmit data, ptical Charm 11 TD-1) 2. eceive Data, 08tipal Charmer 1 ( -111 2) 3. ran5mit Dete, ppcal ace v Dal Optical Channe annrl 2 it 2 ( D-2) ower (�n SP�VR) Activated kauit / nttt sStreppaddmfflRy B. Clear tot San S) ) Power: 10 - 14 VDC @ 300 mA., Max. MTBF: >100,000 hours (@ +50•C) Connectors Power: Type DB-9P•• Data: Type DB-25S Optical: T e STPC or SC. Add sulf "- S to number for S� model connectors. Number of Rack Slots: 1. 2 lots nsuir d for units aalteryaacr<-up with option. Size (in.) (LxWxH): 7;0 x 4.9 x 1.0, or 7.0 x 4.9 x 2.0 with "-B Battery Option of D9100 Series RS-232 Drop and Repeat Transceiver PLUG AND PLAY OPERATION • No Electrical or Optical Adjustments • Supports data rates to 100 Kbps • User -Selectable Local or Master Operation via Selector Switch • Hot Swappable Rack Modules • Transmission Distances up to 42 miles (69 km) between transceivers SYSTEM FLEXIBILITY Simplex or Full Duplex Operation: Electrically Compatible with RS-232 point-to-point and Self -Healing Ring transceiver units Supports Request to Send (RTS) and Clear to Send (CFS) Control Signals Optional Battery Back -Up Provides Instantaneous 12-hour Minimum Operating Time If Prime Operating Power Is Lost, Allowing Communications to be Maintained with Other Controllers or terminal equipment within the network Single Mode and Multimode Operation Surface or Rack -Mount Configurations QUALITY DESIGN • Meets EIA RS-232 C/D Specifications • U.L. Listed, CE Approved • Mil -Grade Glass -Epoxy Circuit Board • Automatic Resettable Fuses • Solid -State Current Limiters on all power lines provide unconditional protection • Greater than 100,000 hour MTBF • Lifetime Warranty APPLICATIONS • Security: CCTV, Card Access, Fire & Alarm Systems • Intelligent Transportation Systems • Building Environmental Control Systems International Fiber Systems, Inc. • (203) 426-1180 • FAX (203) 426-3326 • www.ifs.com • sales@ifs.com Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 Econolite's response to the City of Fort Collins RFP P-788 is divided into six sections and an appendix for ease of review. Each of these sections is outlined below: ECONOLITE PROPOSAL SECTIONS Section 1 is the "Executive Summary"; this section. Section 2, entitled "System Functional Description", provides a detailed description of the considerable capabilities of the icons Advanced Traffic Management System, and of our ASC/2S and ATC2070 advanced system controller family. Section 3 is the "Detailed Response to Specification". To facilitate the review of Econolite's technical response to the RFP, each point in Section 3 is addressed in the exact order of the City of Fort Collins RFP P-788 and its associated addenda. Section 4 provides detail on the "Hardware Architecture" proposed by Econolite for the City of Fort Collins Advanced Traffic Management System. Section 5 provides the City of Fort Collins with our "Experience and Qualifications" - a thorough understanding of Econolite — our business philosophy, our depth in people, our technical experience, and a list of references to emphasize our commitment to our customers. Section 6 furnishes details of Econolite's estimated pricing, RFP required submittals. This section also contains all addenda to the City of Fort Collins RFP, and our acknowledgement of same. Appendix contains a summary of icons projects, data sheets and specifications for the proposed hardware and related data for the system. After reviewing our response to the RFP P-788 and its associated addenda, we are confident that the City of Fort Collins will understand Econolite's level of commitment and desire to team with the City to provide your customer, the motoring citizens of Fort Collins, with a sophisticated and workable transportation solution for the new millennium. Section 1 — Executive Summary Page 1- 3 D9100 Series ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS OPTICAL POWER BUDGET The fiber optic date reprover shall bean IFS p 100 and repeat The unit shall to provide 32 non CrD tiro and repeat communications to RS-232 remotes with data Fiber Wavelength Transceiver Optical Power Budget Maximum Distance Model No. Output Powel Sensitivity 62.5/125p 850 not 09110 25pw (-16 dBm) 1 pw (-30 dam) 14 dB 2.2 miles (3.5 km) 62.5/125p 1300 nm D9120 25 pw (-16 dBm) 1 pw (-30 dBm) 14 dB 8 miles (14 km) 91125p 1300 nm D9130 200 pw (-7 dBm) 1 pw (-30 dBm) 23 d6 42 miles (69 km) transmission over standard 62.5/125 multimode or 9/ 125 single mode fiber optic cable and may be used with the IFS Model D9100E series data transceiver when the D9100E series unit is utilized as an optical line- hammsting device. The repeater shall provide full duplex communication capability. The unit shall provide for tmnnnission distances of up to 42 miles (69 km) between transceiver wits without requiring manual adjustments or optical attenuation, and the optical dynamic range shall exceed the optical power budget specifications. For single mode operation only laser diode optical emitters shall be utilized All printed circuit boards shall be manufactured form Mil -Grade specification circuit board material. The housing shall be all metal construction with all connections identified with silk screened markings. The unit shall have solid state current limiters on all power lines which shall provide for automatic reset. The repeater shall be U.L. Listed The nick mount unit shall be hot swappable with no risk of damage to other units during replacement. The unit shall be fully compliant with NEMA TS-I1TS-2 and Caltnins Traffic Signal Control Equipment specifications for operating and storage temperature, shock, vibration, humility and voltage transient protection. The trickle -charged nickel -cadmium battery back-up option shall allow the transceiver unit to operate continuously for a 12 hour minimum period, in the SYSTEM DESIGN event that 115 VAC prime operating power should be lost, thereby ensuring that communications with other Duplex controllers located within the network will be Typical Traffic Signalization Network Utilizing = = y125p maintained. Single -Master Traffic Signal Controller and Multiple no., The optical data repeater shall be provided with an Local Controllers armstreaming function which will inhibit the connected controller from transmitting if a selected transmit time is exceeded. Maximum transmit time shall be selected in binary increments of 4, g, 16, 32, 64 or infinity RS-232 Master, Drop and Repeat to RS-232 Locals (antismaming disabled) seconds. Once the antistrearning logic has been activated, it shall keep the "Clear to Master Send" control signal inhibited until a manual reset Controller D9130E =TRS-2V D9130 button is depressed by maintenance personnel. RS232 Activation of the antomeaming function shall not impact the repeating function of the repeater. The unit shall also RS232 employ optical andstreaming. The repeater shall include LED status indicators associated with communicationsbetween the repeater units as indicated below: Local 1. Transmit Data, Optical Channel 1 (TD-1) Controller 2. Receive Data, Optical Channel 1 (RD-1) 3. Transmit Data, Optical Channel 2 (TD-2) 4. Receive Data, Optical Channel 2 (TD-2) 5. Power On (PWR) 6. Fault - Antistreatning Activated 7. Request to Send (RTS) ,. S. Clear to Send (CTS) MADE IN THE USA ORDERING INFORMATION Regulatory Agencies / Approvals: D9110 Repeater (850 rim, 2 Fibers, Multimode, LED) LISTED D9120 Repeater (1300 rim, 2 Fibers, Multimode, LED) D9130 Repeater (1300 nm, 2 Fibers, Single -mode, Laser) GSA U L o PS-12DC 12 Volt DC plug-in power supply (included) Contact# GS-IX¢-5063C I.T.E. 6D16 Note: Add'-C' suffix for conformal coating. Add'-RT suffixfor Rack Mount. Add '-SC' suffix for type SC optical connectors. Addd '-B' suffix ffm for Ni-Cad battery back-up option. International Fiber Systems, Inc. International Headquarters 16 Commerce Road • Newtown, CT 06470 Sales: (203) 426-1180 • Fax: (203) 426-3326 Email: sales@ifs.com • www.ifs.com Due to our continued effort to advance technology, product specifications are subject to change without notice International Fiber Systems, Inc. a (203) 426.1180 a FAX (203) 426-3326 • www.ifs.com • sales@ifs.com International Fiber Systems, Inc. FEATURES • Rugged, Heavy Duty Construction • Integral, Field -Replaceable, High -Reliability Self -Contained Power Supply • Holds up to 14 - one inch or 7 - two inch wide modules • Each plug-in module contains its own power supply section with solid state current limiters on all power lines with automatic reset, for unconditional protection and system reliability • 3 R. U. (Rack Units) High SPECIFICATIONS Input Voltage: Power supply (to plug -In modules) # Slots/Spacing R3: Size (in.) (LxWxH): Operating Temp: Storage Temp: Fusing: AC Line Cord: 115 VAC (other voltages available) 20 VAC C.T. >@2.8A 16 one -inch slots available with power supply externally located: 14 one -inch modules or 7 two-inch modules with power supply module installed 19.OW x 5.2H x TOD -40• C to +74• C, ambient -40• C to +85• C, ambient to slow blow (Rack power supply) (Plug-in modules individually electronically fused) Detachable, IEC-connectorized. Allows easy field replacement or exchange for various worldwide AC power plug configurations :X 19" Rack with Power Supply QUALITY DESIGN • Mil -Grade Circuit Board • U.L. Listed, CE Approved • 300,000 Hours MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures) by design, ensures extremely high reliability • Lifetime Warranty The design approach employed by IFS for equipment mounted within the model R3 Chassis Rack Unit with Integral 115/230 VAC Power Supply, provides for the elimination of a single -point failure in the event of a major fault within any module located within the chassis rack. This is accomplished through the use of automatic electronic current limiting within each rack -mountable module, rather than to provide the current limiting within the power supply unit which supports the power requirements for equipment located within the rack. In nearly all competing designs, a major fault within a module, located within the chassis rack, results in the power supply unit going into a current limiting condition, and as a result, all of the modules located within the rack shut down. The R3 Rack design employed by ITS eliminates this possibility, as only the faulty module shuts down, and the operation of the other devices within the rack continues unimpaired. This automatic current limiting feature is also self -resetting, should the fault or overload be of a temporary or intermittent condition. Furthermore, all modules located within the chassis rack are hot- swappable, so that it is not necessary to power -down the rack when removing or replacing modules. Rather than utilizing a switching -mode or linear DC power supply for providing the operating power to the rack as employed by most competing designs, the IFS Model R3 Chassis Rack uses a simple understressed step-down power transformer, and all rectification, filtering, and regulation is performed within each rack -mounted module. The use of a step-down power transformer for the power supply unit results in a significantly higher MTBF than any switching -mode or linear DC power supply can provide, as there are no semiconductors, electrolytic capacitors, etc., to degrade the reliability of the supply. In addition, the high -reliability transformer power supply and current limiting built into each module, eliminates the necessity of providing redundant power supplies within the chassis rack, as the overall system reliability is still much higher (and less costly) than can be provided with a redundant power supply design approach. International Fiber Systems, Inc. • (203) 426-1180 • FAX (203) 426-3326 • www.ifs.com • sales@ifs.com R3 ORDERING INFORMATION R3 19" Rack, 115 VAC Input (includes power supply) 115 19" Rack, 115 VAC Input (DC Back Plane included) 1 19" Rack, 24 VDC Input (includes power supply) R3.48 19" Rack, -48 VDC Input (includes power supply) R3-230 19" Rack, 230 VAC Input (includes power supply) R3-CH 19" Rack, No power supply R3•eP Blank Panel (1") PS-R3 115 VAC Power Supply PS-R3-24 24 VDC Power Supply PS-R3-48 -48 VDC Power Supply PS-R3.230 230 VAC Power Supply ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS The fiber optic rack shall be an IFS R3 series. The unit shall provide 14 mounting slots for standard one inch wide IFS rack mount version fiber optic modules and shall utilize heavy duty construction and shall mount in industry standard equipment racks that accommodate 19" wide rack mount panels. The unit shall include a 20 VAC C.T. transformer power supply. All compatible IFS rackmount fiber optic modules shall have an internal D.C. power supply with solid state current limiters which provide automatic reset, and a short circuit in one unit shall not affect operation of other units powered from the common power supply. The modules shall be hot swappable with no risk of damage to other units during replacement. The unit shall be U.L. Listed. MADE IN THE USA Regulatory Agencies / Approvals: LISTED G UL UL �C ca�o-aaa LT.E. cs-wFsoax 61)16 International Fiber Systems, Inc. International Headquarters 16 Commerce Road • Newtown, CT 06470 Sales: (203) 426-1180 • Fax: (203) 426-3326 Email: sales@ifs.com - www.ifs.com Due to our continued effort to advance technology, product specifications are subject to change without notice 5.18.99 International Fiber Systems, Inc. • (203) 426-1180 a FAX (203) 426-3326 a www.ifs.com • sales@ifs.com < kvAr #BLACK BOX °Z°°°pIl ghraraaarved. NETWORK SERVICES Black Box C;ratbn. Black Box Corporation • 1000 Park Drive • Lawrence, PA 15055-1018 • Tech Support: 724-746-5500 • www.blackbox.com • e-mail: info@blackbox.com SerAvitch Jr. and ServSvvitch Jr. SIP Key Features ServSwitch Jr,: Access up to 8IBM PC/ATorPS12type CPUs with a single monitor, PS/2 orPC/AT keyboard, and PS/2 or serial mouse. SmSwitch Jr, MP: Access one or two IBM type CPUs and one or two Mac CPUs with a single monitor, PS/2 keyboard, and PS/2 mouse. Both Models: ► Use any ofa variety of video types atresolu- tions up to 1600 x 1280. 04/27/2000 81830E If you'll only need to switch between up to eight PCs or servers for the foreseeable future, why spend a fortune on an electronic keyboard/video/mouse switch with a myriad of ports or fancy cascading features? Our SmSwitch" Jr. is just right for small-scale applications such as workgroups, small offices, or home offices. Use one monitor, keyboard, and mouse to control IBM' PC compatible (and, on MP models, Apple' Macintosh' compatible) computer or server CPUs. With the ServSwitch Jr. (non -MP version), access either two IBM type CPUs (with the SW621A-R2) or as many as eight (with the SW629A-R2). With the ServSwitch Jr. MP, access one IBM type CPU and one Mac' type CPU (with the SW627A-R2) or one or two of each type (with the SW628A-R2). Manage a few IBM PS/2 or PC/AT compatible CPUs — plus one or two Mac CPUs — using a single keyboard, monitor, and mouse. Setting up is easy. Using their own cables, plug your VGA or XGA' monitor, keyboard, and mouse directly into the ServSwitch Jr. Attach each of the computers to the Switch using a special CPU Adapter Cable that has a single connector on the Switch end and three connectors (for keyboard, mouse, and video 1/0) on the computer end. These CPU Adapter Cables help keep cabling simple; also, the coax versions can be run longer distances than normal keyboard, mouse, or video cable. As long as you use the right type of CPU Adapter Cable, it doesn't matter what general type of keyboard and mouse any given IBM type computer uses. As for user -station equipmem, use a regular or wheel -type PS/2' mouse and PS/2 keyboard with the ServSwitch Jr. MP. With the regular ServSwitch Jr., attach either a PS/2 or PC/AT' style keyboard and either a PS/2 mouse (regular or wheel type) or (if there are no PS/2 type CPUs attached) an RS-232 mouse. Except for RS-232 mouse input to PS/2 mouse output the Switch can perform all of the various conversions internally. The Switch also seamlessly handles VGA, SVGA, or XGA video at resolutions up to 1600 x 1280 pixels, although higher resolutions, refresh rates, or distances will require coaxial CPU Adapter Cables. On non -MP models, using coaxial cables will also give you the ability to display RS/5000" or SGI" video. On MP models, to get Mac video in resolutions above 640 x 480 pixels, you'll need the Mac Adapter for SewSwitch, our product code KV99MA. (continued on page 2) (continued from page 1) To switch between CPUs, either press the port -selection membrane buttons on the Switch's front panel or send switching commands from the shared keyboard. (Other keyboard Specifications Compliance —FCC Part 15 Subpart J Class A, IC Class/classe A Standards - With original Sew Cabling: VGA (color, monochrome, or pagewhite); With original Sew Cabling (minimal) a coaxial cabling (recommended): SVGA video; With coaxial cabling: XGA (color or monochrome) video; Non -MP models: RS/6000 or SGI video With special cabling: True monochrome video; MP models: Apple Macintosh video Interfaces —To user station: All models: VGA/SVGA/XGA video; IBM PS/2 keyboard and mouse (including Microsoft' IntelliMouse'); SW621A-R2, SW622A-R2: PC/AT keyboard; IBM serial (EIA/TIA RS-232 pinned as TIA-574) mouse; To computer: All ports on regular models and PC ports on MP models: Proprietary composite of VGA/SVGA/XGA video; PS/2 or (with adapter) PC/AT keyboard; and PS/2 or (with adapter) serial (EIAf11A RS-232 pinned as TIA-574)mouse; Mac ports on MP models: Proprietary composite of Apple Macintosh video, keyboard, and mouse Resolutions - With original Sew cabling: Up to 1024 x 768 noninterlaced, at up to 75 Hz; commands control port scanning and configuration functions. Configuration settings can be saved in nonvolatile memory, so they'll be preserved even if the Resolutions (coma) — With coaxial or special cabling: Up to 1600 x 1280 nonintedaced, at up to 100 Hz; On MP models: Mac resolutions other than 640 x 480 might require optional Mac Adapter for ServSwitch (KV99MA) Refresh Rate — Up to 100 Hz Maximurn Distance — Depending on the CPU, monitor, and video resolution, either: 20 ft. (6.1 m) of original Sew cable from ServSwitch Jr. to any CPU; or 50 ft. It 5.2 m) of coaxial cable —possibly more, depending on CPUs —from any ServSwitch Jr. to any device attached to it User Controls — Keyboard commands; Front -mounted RESET and numbered port -selection membrane pushbuttons Indicators — All Models: From -mounted switch power STATUS and numbered current -port LEDs; SW629A-R2: CPU power Connectors —AII rear -mounted; All Models: VGA Monitor Port: HD15 F; PS/2 Keyboard and PS/2 Mouse Ports: 6-pin mini -DIN F; Computer Ports: DB25 F; SW621A-R2, SW622A-R2: AT Keyboard Port: 5-pin DIN F; RS-232 Mouse Port: DB9 M SW627A-R2, SW628A-R2, SW629A-R2: 3.5-mm barreljack for external power Switch loses power.) The ServSwitch Jr. doesn't even have to be plugged !n— it draws its power from the keyboard and mouse interfaces of the attached CPUs while the Maximum Altitude — 10,000 ft (3048 m) TemperatureTolerance- 32 to 131'F (0 to 55'C) Humidity Tolerance- 5 to 80% noncondensing Enclosure —Steel Power — SW621A-R2, SW622A-R2: 5 VDC at up to 1 amp from keyboard -power leads of attached CPUs; SW627A-R2, SW628A-R2: Either 5 VDC at up to 1 amp from keyboard -power leads of attached CPUs or From utility -power (mains) outlet through detachable input cord and included external power supply (PS255): Input: 115-230 VAC at 50 a 60 Hz; Output 5 VDC at up to 1 amp; SW629A-R2: Either 5 VDC at up to 1 amp from keyboard -power leads of attached CPUs Or From utility -power (mains) outlet through detachable input cord and external power supply PS255 (not included): Input: 115-230 VAC at 50 or 60 Hz; Output: 5 VDC at up to lamp ServSwitch Jr. MP has its own external power supply. And both are small enough to fit on a cramped desktop or even In one rack unit (rackmount kits are available). Size — SW621A-R2, SW622A-R2, SW627A-R2, SW628A-R2: 1.8"H (tut x8.8W x3.5"D (4.6x22.4x8.9cm) SW629A-R2: 1.8"H (1U) x 13.8W x 4.9"D (4.6 x 35.1 x 12.4 cm) Weight — SW621A-R2: Net 1.5 lb. (0.7 kg); Shipping: 2lb. (0.9 kg); SW622A-R2: Net 1.6 lb. (0.7 kg); Shipping: 2lb. (0.9 kg); SW627A-R2, SW628A-R2: Net 311b. (1.4 kg); Shipping: 4l1b. (1.8 kg); SW629A-R2: Net: 2.9lb. (1.3 kg); Shipping: 3.6 lb. (1.6 kg) Plug PC compatible keyboards, mice, and monitors directly into the ServSwitch A Is rear panel... ...or, plug a VGA or multisync monitor and a PS/2 key- board and mouse directly into the ServSwitch A MP. The layout of a typical ServSwitch A system. AN (�- 4 Rear panel of 4-portServSwitch Jr. (SW622A-R2) Rear panel of 4-port ServSwitch Jr. MP (SW628A-R2) IBM Servers Reeggular (EHN048 or EHN051) or coax (EHN282) IBM type CPU Adapter Cables 4-Port ServSwitch Jr. MP (SW628A-R2) Monitor I M PS/2 style keyboard Mac Servers Reggular (EHN215 or EHN550) or coax (EHN208 or EHN560) Mac type CPU Adapter Cables The monitor, keyboard, and mouse cables you already own PS2 style mouse What you get: • The main unit • A user's manual. • An external power supply (SW627A-R2 and SW628A-R2 only). Additional equipment you'll need: • An IBM —preferably PS/2 —type keyboard and mouse. (If you use a PS/2 mouse, it can be a regular two- or three -button type or a "wheel" mouse such as the Microsoft IntelliMouse. • A monitor compatible with all of the CPUs'video cards, capable of syncing to each CPU's video -output resolutions and frequencies. • CPU Adapter Cables to connectyour CPUs to the ServSwitch Jr. BLACK BOX, the. logo, and Fido Protection are registered trademarks, and ServSwitch is a trademark of Black Box Corporation. Apple, Mac, and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc. IBM, PC/AT, PS/2, RS/6000, and XGA are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation. SGI is a trademark of Silicon Graphics, Inc. Microsoft and IntelliMouse are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. A#other trademarks mentioned in this document are acknowledged to be the property or the trademark owners. Black Box offers the best warranty program in the industry—Fido Protection*. For more information, to request FaxBack 22512. Ordering Information ITEM CODE 2-Port ServSwitch Jr. (PC Only).......................SW621A-R2 4-Port ServSwitch Jr. (PC Only).......................SW622A-R2 8-Port ServSwitch Jr. (PC Only).......................SW629A-R2 2-Port ServSwitch Jr. MP (1 PC Port,1 Mac Port) ...................... ............. SW627A-R2 4-Port ServSwitch Jr. MP (2 PC Ports, 2 Mac Ports) .................. ............. SW628A-R2 CPU Adapter Cables for VGA video output, IBM PS/2 keyboard and mouse input (standard)..................................................EHN051-Oxxx* IBM PC/AT keyboard input, RS-232 serial mouse input (standard)..............EHN048-Oxxx* IBM PS/2 and PC/AT keyboard and mouse input (coaxial) . ........................... EHN282-Oxxx* CPU Adapter Cables for Mac video output, Mac keyboard/mouse input: With DB15 video connectors: (standard) .............................................. E H N 215-Oxxx * (coaxial) ................................................. EH N 208-Oxxx* With HD15 (VGA) video connectors: (standard) .............................................. E H N 550-Oxxx * (coaxial) ................................................. EH N 560-Oxxx * OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES CODE 19"Rackmount Kit.....................................................RMK19M 23" Rackmount Kit.....................................................RMK23M 24" Rackmount Kit.....................................................RMK24M Mac* Adapter for ServSwitch................................KV99MA *For the CPU Adapter Cables, xxx's are shown in place of the last three digits of the product code because the cables come In several stock lengths. The last three digits can be "005," "010," or "020" for 5-foot (1.5-m), 10-foot (3-m), or 20-foot (6.1-m) cables respectively. iNivl%,_ i vv Page 1 of 4 Model NMC-100 GPS Synchronized Network Master Clock • Very affordable • Compact size • GPS synchronization • Precise 1 PPS output • Manual setup controls • Two different RS-232 I/O formats • Easy -to -read display The NMC-100 is a low-cost, high-performance GPS receiver and timing source intended for use in network synchronization applications. Time is precisely referenced to UTC and displayed in days, hours, minutes and seconds. The primary outputs of the NMC-100 are RS-232 time/status information and a precise I PPS output. The NMC-100 combines the performance and key features usually found in large, expensive units in a cost-effective configuration. Applications for the NMC-100 include operating as the time reference for workstation -based network time servers, Novell networks, and general computer clock synchronization jobs. It is an effective time display for network administrators while providing the necessary timing signals for accurate and reliable system synchronization. The easily visible display includes twelve 0.5-inch LED digits for time and status. Display and receiver configurations are easily adjusted with either manual or RS-232 control. Time is referenced to UTC with user -configurable daylight savings and local time offsets provided. The 1 PPS synchronization pulse rate is accurate to two microseconds. RS-232 commands provide control functions, GPS status, and time to the millisecond on demand, or time to the second automatically once per second. Two different RS- 232 formats are available to easily integrate into existing systems. Installation of the NMC-100 is quick and easy; simply install and connect the GPS antenna, connect the power unit to a wall outlet, and the unit is ready to run. 1 PPS output is automatic. The unit includes a bracket for easy mounting to a desk or ceiling. SPECIFICATIONS NMC-100 RECEIVER/GENERAL Timing Accuracy: 12 microseconds to UTC (with SA) Position Accuracy: 25 meters (without SA) Receiver Input: 1575 MHz Ll C/A code Tracking: Six parallel channels Acquisition Time: Warm start (has ephemeris data and position) typically <3 minutes. Cold start typically <20 minutes. http://www.truetime.com/DOCSn/PDTS/nmc_100.html 3/30/01 iNIMI-tvv rage L OI 4 Internal Oscillator Accuracy: 5x10-1 when disciplined to GPS Stability: 1 PPM, 0°C to +50°C UTC to Local User selectable Offset: Daylight Savings: Programmed by user to select time, day, and month when DST begins and ends. Leap Second: Automatically inserted Antenna: Ll GPS, 40 dB gain. RG-59/U, 50' cable supplied; maximum cable length 200'. For longer cable runs, see Options. FIXED INPUTS/OUTPUTS 1 PPS: Logic Level: 0 V to +5 We Output 50 ohms Impedance: Timing: Positive edge on time Duty Cycle: 50% Connector: BNC RS-232 I/O: Baud Rate: User -selectable protocol. 1200 to 38400 baud. Factory set to 9600 baud. Output Data: Time, status, and current setting of control parameters Input Data: Time preset, mode control, local offset, display parameter setup, local offsets, daylights savings Connector: RJ11, RJl1-to-D139 adapter included Manual Controls: Serial 1/0 (baud rate, data, stop parity). intensity, local offset (±HH:MM), days display on/off, year, daylight savings, 12/24 hour mode,switch/remote lockout, firmware version, time broadcast on/off, GPS status DC Input Power 9-20 Vdc at 10 watts maximum Voltage: AC Input Power 115 Vac±20% at 10 watts maximum (230 Vac input Voltage: optionally available) Receiver: Display 0.56" Height: Display Type: Numeric LED Display 12 (DDD:HH:MM:SS) Quantity: Display Color: Red, adjustable intensity Viewing 25' Distance: Chassis Size: 7.5" W x 1.64" H x 3.6" D; with desk/wall mount: 9" W x 2.7" H x http://www.truetime.com/DOCSn/PDTS/nmc_100.htm1 3/30/01 1Nlvl%"-1vV rage S 014 5.25" D (4.25" deep with connectors) Operating 0°C to +50°C Temperature: Humidity: To 95%, noncondensing Storage -200C to +85°C Temperature: Antenna: Size: 2.625" x 1.5" (6.67 cm x 3.81 cm) Weight: .55 lb. Operating -400C to +70°C Temperature: Storage -550C to +85°C Temperature: Humidity: 100%, condensing Certification: FCC, CE, GPS WNRO, Year 2000 RS-232 PROTOCOL Standard TrueTime Commands and responses are ASCII. Responses are Serial I/O terminated with carriage retum/line feed. Commands: F01: Time zone entry/request F02: 12/24 hour format entry/request F06: Keypad lockout enable F08: Continuous time once per second enable (Mode C automatic once per second transmission) <SOH>DDD:HH:MM:SSQ<CR><LF> Where: DDD Day of year HH Hours MM Minutes SS Seconds Q Is the time quality indicator; Locked = space, unlocked = ? F09: Time on request enable <SOH>DDD:HH:MM: SS:mmmQ<CR><LF> F18: Software version request F50: Position request F60: Satellites list request F66: Daylight savings enable/request F68: Year entry (GPS epoch management) F69: Select local/standard/GPS/UTC time TrueTime TL-3 The NMC-100 supports the full range of TrueTime TL- Compatible 3 setup and query commands, including those listed Commands: below. QA: Request lock status QC: Current date and time request http://www.truetime.com/DOCSn/PDTS/mnc_100.html 3/30/01 Econolite Control Products, Inc. City of Ft. Collins, CO. RFP P-788 April 16, 2001 F� ECONOUTE C O N T R O L P R O D U C T B, I N C. Section 2 - System Functional Description Overview The iconsT4Advanced Transportation Management System (ATMS) system has been developed by Siemens Gardner Transportation Systems (Siemens GTS), a business unit of Siemens Energy and Automation Inc., in partnership with Econolite Control Products, Inc. The icons system is extremely modular and scaleable at all levels because of its distributed processing architecture. Very high system performance can be maintained when the system is expanded, because system software processes are distributed across additional system processor components. The system software architecture does not require that a single central processor perform all real-time functions, as do many older mini -computer based systems. This protects the City's system hardware/software investment and allows the system to be readily and incrementally expanded to handle any functions and features that may not be anticipated at this time. As further described in the subsections that follow, graphical user interface (GUI) techniques and graphical information system components are an integral part of the proposed system design. These elements form the basis of all user interactions with the system and its components, and are integrated using standard software tools and protocols. The icons system is coded in the highly portable C++ programming language. C++ tools and multi -platform commercial graphics libraries are used to support system confrgurability and portability. A standard, ODBC-compliant SQL database system (Microsoft SQL Server) will be used to store, retrieve, and maintain all system data and parameter files. System report and display presentations will retrieve information from data stored in the database. Client operator workstations access network server computers that perform traffic management, database management, real-time traffic control and communications functions. central communications server will support communications with local controlle ul duplex communications media including twisted pair, leased line, wireless, an t er o tic communications can be supported. The icons system will support traffic signal controllers that comply with the NTCIP Class B, Conformance Level 2 (NTCIP) or AB3418E/+ (AB3418) protocol standards. The Econolite Project Team fully understands and supports the City's aim to achieve a system that allows for multiple vendor inter -operability for future procurements of traffic signal controllers. The Project Teams' total commitment to this new standard, and our continued intimate involvement with the standards development process, puts the Team in a unique position to deliver a fully functional end -to -end communication system that can be maintained to the most current version of the standard. ' icons is a trademark of Econolite Control Products, Inc. Section 2 — System Functional Description Page 2-1 ivrvr�- r vv rage 4 014 QD: Current date request QT: Current time request OPTIONS • 230 Vac input module • Ll GPS Antenna & Downconverter for long cable runs. Contact TrueTime for application -specific details. • IRIG B Output • Wall -Mount Kit (standard unit includes only desk/ceiling brackets) Specifications subject to change without notice. N@ELiL Home 0 Copyri yhi Q 1998 TrueTi me, Inc. http://www.tructime.com/DOCSn/PDTS/mnc_100.html 3/30/01 Jman-UYJ LIM A.M ju rage 1 of s LegenaryReliabf ' I SEARCH +r"srm%1AP iCJCOWACT (I)CNAMECOUNM United States HOME SUPPORT SEW10 SELMORS Products >> UPS >> SU2200RM3U r v M Smart -UPS 2200 RM 3U Part Number: SU2200RM3U Availability : North America , Latin America , Saudi Arabia Product Overview Description APC Smart -UPS, 2200VA/1600W, Rack Mount 3U, Input 120V/ Output 120V Hot Swap Batteries , Intelligent Battery Management, Overload Indicator, Rack General Features Mount, Replace Batt Indicator, SmartSlot , Software , Site wiring fault indicator, Automatic Voltage Regulation (AVR) , User replacable batteries Includes User Manual , Country -specific detachable power cord , Smart UPS signalling RS-232 cable, CD with software Documentation User Manual Optional Versions Click here to view optional versions . Technical Specifications Output Rated Power 2,200 VA Output power capacity 1,600 Watts Nominal output voltage 120 V Output Connections (8)NEMA5-15R 0-p Optional AC Connection Click here to view optional AC Connections. Waveform type Sinewave Input http://www.apcc.com/resource/include/techspec_index.cfm?base_sku=SU2200RM3U&languag 3/30/01 011La L-UrO cLvv tuvi Ou rage 2 of 3 Nominal input voltage 120 V Input frequency 50/60 Hz +/- 3 Hz (auto sensing) Input Connection Type NEMA 5-20P U �' Cord Length 6 feet Input voltage range g2 - 147 V for main operations Input voltage adjustable 86 - 154 V range for main operations Batteries Typical backup time at half load 2 3.2 minutes Battery type Maintenance -free sealed Lead -Acid battery with suspended electrolyte leakproof Typical recharge time 3 hour(s) Replacement battery (1) RBC12 cartridge Communications & Management Interface port DB-9 RS-232, Smart -Slot card Smart Slot Interface 1 Quantity Management software included powerChute Smart -UPS Bundle Optional Software Click here to view other Software options . Control panel LED status display with load and battery bar -graphs and On Line : On Battery Replace Battery : and Overload Indicators Audible alarm Alarm when on battery : distinctive low battery alarm : configurable delays Emergency Power Off (EPO) Optional Optional Management Device Click here to view optional Management Devices. Surge Protection and Filtering Surge energy rating 320 Joules Filtering Full time multi -pole noise filtering : 0.3% IEEE surge let -through : zero clamping response time : meets UL 1449 Physical Maximum height dimensions 5.20 inches (13.21 cm) http://www. apcc.com/resource/includeltechspec_index. efin?base_sku=SU2200RM3U&Iangu;... 3/30/O1 3111a.R-UY3 6LVV 1uV1 JU Page 3 of 3 Maximum width dimensions Maximum depth dimensions Rack Height Net weight Shipping weight Shipping Height Shipping Width Shipping Depth Color 19.00 inches( 48.26 cm) 25.00 inches( 63.50 cm) 3U 103.00 Ibs (46.82 kg) 123.00 Ibs ( 55.91 kg) 10.00 inches ( 25.40 cm) 24.50 inches ( 62.23 cm) 37.50 inches ( 95.25 cm) Beige Environmental Operating Temperature 0 - 40 °C (32 - 104°F) Operating Relative 0 - 95% Humidity Operating Elevation 0-10000 feet (0-3000 m) Storage Temperature -15 - 45 °C (5 - 113°F) Storage Relative 0 - 95% Humidity Storage Elevation 0-50000 feet (0-15000 m) Audible noise at 1 meter 47 cIBA from surface of unit Online thermal 275 BTU/hr dissipation Conformance Approvals CSA, FCC A, UL 1778 Standard warranty 2 years repair or replace , optional on -site warranties available , optional extended warranties available Equipment protection policy $25000 lifetime equipment protection policy Copyright © American Power Conversion Corp.; all rights reserved Home I Products. I Support I Services I Selectors Shoo APC I Contact I Search I Site Mao http://www.apcc.conilresource/includeltechspec_index.cf n?base_sku=SU2200RM3U&Iangui... 3/30/O1 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 ECONOLITE IIIIIIIIIIIIIECONTROL PRODUCTS, I N C. Section 5 — Experience and Qualifications Company Overview Founded in 1933, Econolite is a leading North American manufacturer and distributor of traffic control equipment and systems. Broad traffic industry background and manufacturing capabilities have allowed Econolite to take leading edge technology and apply it to advanced traffic control hardware and traffic management systems. Product lines include actuated and pretimed controllers, arterial masters, closed loop systems, wide area video vehicle detection systems, radio based preemption systems, and traffic signal display equipment. As a traffic control equipment supplier Econolite has been involved in a wide variety of projects over the past 65 plus years. These have been as simple as supplying display equipment for intersections to providing engineering, equipment, integration, installation, and test of multi - intersection systems. Econolite has over 2000 arterial systems in operation controlling in excess of 15,000 intersections. Additionally, Econolite has over 2500 wide area video vehicle detection systems operating in both intersection and freeway applications. Throughout its history Econolite has strived to provide leading edge technology solutions for traffic control. This is made possible by engineering capabilities that include both hardware and software development, evaluation, integration, productization, and test. This has resulted in a number of Econolite innovations including development of the first digital controller, introduction of the first microprocessor based controller, wide spread application of closed loop arterial control systems, installation of both the first NEMA TS2 Type 1 and Type 2 cabinet assemblies, introduction of the first wide area video vehicle detection system using multiple sensor inputs and support of the NTCIP protocol. In addition to its proprietary product development, Econolite also provides custom hardware and software development to provide solutions to specific customer requirements. Econolite offers a unique blend of capabilities and experience combined with a dedicated and professional staff. Econolite is committed to the application of new technology for the safe and efficient control of traffic. Our Mission Econolite is a customer focused provider of innovative solutions for the transportation management systems market. We are committed to employing advanced technologies with the highest level of Section 5 — Experience & Qualifications Page 5-1 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 quality, service and value to our family of employees, customers and suppliers through a process of continuous improvement. Summary of Capabilities Econolite combines extensive traffic industry experience together with software, hardware, and systems engineering capabilities to provide the following products and services: Traffic Control Products • Actuated and Pretimed controllers • Arterial Masters • Advance Transportation Management Systems • Distributed Traffic Management Systems • Communications Systems • Traffic Control Cabinet Assemblies • AUTOSCOPE Wide Area Video Vehicle Detection Systems • Vehicle and Pedestrian Signals Services • Traffic Engineering, Planning and Analysis • Hardware and Software Development • Systems Integration and Test • Needs Analysis • Functional and Environmental Testing Summary of Experience Econolite has been involved in the development of traffic control equipment and systems for over 30 years. During this period Econolite has become recognized as an industry leader in applying new technology to traffic control applications. In particular Econolite is a recognized leader in the development of advanced traffic controllers, distributed arterial control systems, advanced transportation management systems and video vehicle detection systems. Company History Econolite Control Products, Inc. has been a supplier of traffic control equipment and services since 1933. Operations began as an installation contractor and then as a distributor of General Electric traffic signals and controllers. The company's geographical coverage was then expanded from the initial base in California to include most Western States. During the 1950's, Econolite began manufacturing its own traffic signals, purchased the General Electric line of traffic controllers, and fiuther expanded the geographic coverage of its sales and distribution network. Section 5 — Experience & Qualifications Page 5-2 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 During the early 1960's, Econolite embarked on a continuous program of research and development. The products resulting from this effort plus a strong direct sales network (unique to the industry) have positioned Econolite as the leader of the North American traffic control industry. Econolite employs one of the largest staff of R&D engineers in the traffic control industry. This has resulted in the continual introduction of new capabilities in the form of advanced traffic control equipment, systems, and software. Downward compatibility and conformance to industry standards is achieved whenever possible to assure that equipment already installed in the field can share in the latest features. During the early 1990's, in-house R&D was enhanced by the formation of strategic partnerships with companies with related product interests. This has allowed the integration of new state -of -the art technologies into traffic control systems. Prime examples of these partnerships include our current work in wide area video vehicle detection systems, which resulted in the release of the Autoscope 2003 in 1992 and the Autoscope 2004 in 1995, plus our recent introduction of an Advanced Transportation Management System (iconsTm) in 1996. Since the introduction of closed -loop or distributed systems by Econolite in 1983, Econolite has installed over 2000 on -street masters and over 500 closed -loop systems. In addition, hundreds of Econolite controllers are operating under central system control in both the United States and Canada. With the introduction of icons, Econolite is now involved with the supply of Advanced Transportation Management Systems with over 20 systems installed or underway. Our direct sales organization has also been a critical element of our success. By obtaining direct customer inputs, we are able to better understand user requirements and provide solutions, which truly meet the customer's needs. Econolite is fully dedicated to the customer's long-term success in managing traffic by providing the very best in traffic control equipment and transportation management systems. The brief listing of Econolite historical highlights which follow indicates our commitment to research and development. Econolite is recognized as the technical leader of traffic control industry, with a long list of product innovations to its credit. Section 5 — Experience & Qualifications Page 5-3 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 ECONOLITE INIMMI C C N T R C L PRODUCTS, I N C. Company History 1933 - Year founded Founders: Arthur Loomis & Charles Chase Joined by Leo Jennings in 1934 (City Electrician - Beverly Hills) Company Location: 3517 W. Washington Blvd., L.A. Econolite Name: Battery powered red flashing light in the top portion of a stop sign (6" lens with a bi-metallic sun valve to energize at night). 1935 - Financial backing to expand - George Pepperdine made arrangements for the Pepperdine Foundation to loan money to the company. Repayment complete in 1946. 1935 - Became installation contractor for the G.E. Traffic Signal Division. This continued until 1949, at which time the Taft -Hartley Law made it necessary to form Westates Electrical Construction Company. Westates became inactive in 1966. First G.E. 8-inch traffic signal was installed in Fullerton in 1935 (Harbor and Commonwealth). 1937 - Became permanent G.E. distributor for 8" traffic signals, fixed -time controllers, and highway lighting. 1939 - Through agreement, began selling Automatic Signal (Norwalk, Connecticut) products to the City and County of Los Angeles on an informal basis. 1947 - Began to supplement G.E. and Automatic Signal product lines with traffic signal framework, push buttons, terminal compartments, and general signal installation accessories. 1948 - Expanded Automatic Signal distributorship to cover California, Arizona, and Nevada. San Francisco sales office opened at this time. 1949 - Econolite manufactured first neon pedestrian signal. Section 5 - Experience & Qualifications Page 5-4 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 1950 - Further expansion of Automatic Signal distributorship to Oregon, Washington, and Idaho. Now selling in six states. New office opened in Salem, Oregon. 1953 - Company moved to Bellanca Avenue address (96,000 sq. ft. on 5 acre site). 1954 - Began the manufacture of 8" traffic signal heads. 1956 - Began the manufacture of 12" traffic signal heads. 1957 - Purchased entire line of signal control equipment from G.E., including Type F fixed -time controller. Some distributors with G.E. continued with Econolite. Traffic Control Equipment Corp. of New Jersey and Traffic Control Corp. of Illinois are still Econolite distributors. 1958 - Began expansion into mountain states —Montana, Wyoming, Utah, and Colorado as Automatic distributor. 1960 - Established a Denver office for direct sales to Utah, Colorado, and Wyoming. 1961 - Econolite acquired by Tamar Electronics Industries, hie. Owned by Electro Science Investors (ESI). Jim Ling and Tracy Post investors. ESI DIVISIONS: Tamar Electronics These companies merged to American Gyro form American/Wianko, Wianko Engineers then sold to Whittaker. Econolite sold to LTV Ling Altec Stoddart (1962-1969) - Sold to Singer 1963 - Econolite begins research and development program. 1964 - Econolite acquires KAR-TROL in Texas. Also a distributor for Automatic Signal. Gives Econolite full distribution in seventeen states. 1966 - Econolite introduces the first solid-state, digital, fixed -time controller. "Econolife," the company's internal newspaper publication, goes to print for the first time. Section 5 — Experience & Qualifications Page 5-5 Econolite Control Products, Inc. Ft. Collins, CO RFP P-778 April 16, 2001 1967 - Decision to separate from Automatic Signal made in October. Notification made November 10, 1967. 1968 - Automatic Signal "divorce." Final February 10, 1968. Tamar Electronics acquired by LTV Ling Altec. Econolite introduces the D-2000 - First modular, solid-state digital controller. First field installed digital machine is a D-4000 in Santa Monica, California. 1971 - Company moved to present address in Anaheim. 1972 - LTV Ling Altec changed to Altec Corporation. 1973 - Tamar Electronics merged up and into Altec Corporation. Econolite introduces first microprocessor -based traffic controller (SEC-8000). 1975 - Econolite introduces first NEMA TS 1 microprocessor -based controller (SPC-8000). 1977 - Cost-effective EMC controller line introduced. 1978 - February - Company becomes Econolite Control Products, Incorporated. Acquired by private owners, Mike Doyle and Steve Onderdonk. 1979 - Econolite introduces the KMC controller line. 1981 - KMC-10,000 Arterial Master System introduced. 1983 - Econolite Master Monitor System introduced. First use of telephone "dial -up" techniques in traffic system master control and monitoring. Econolite celebrates its 50th anniversary in the traffic control products business. 1985 - Econolite introduces the ASC Controller. 1985 - Econolite introduces Intersection Monitor and Central Monitor System. First true intersection monitoring system using telephone "dial -up" techniques. 1986 - Sales reach an all-time high at Econolite. Econolite remains the number one producer of traffic signal control products. Section 5 — Experience & Qualifications Page 5-6